Merge branch 'vim-with-runtime' into feat/var-tabstops
[vim_extended.git] / src / edit.c
blob0447736ac2ba0b020dc5ca08d8b11957a6033f6c
1 /* vi:set ts=8 sts=4 sw=4:
3 * VIM - Vi IMproved by Bram Moolenaar
5 * Do ":help uganda" in Vim to read copying and usage conditions.
6 * Do ":help credits" in Vim to see a list of people who contributed.
7 * See README.txt for an overview of the Vim source code.
8 */
11 * edit.c: functions for Insert mode
14 #include "vim.h"
16 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
18 * definitions used for CTRL-X submode
20 #define CTRL_X_WANT_IDENT 0x100
22 #define CTRL_X_NOT_DEFINED_YET 1
23 #define CTRL_X_SCROLL 2
24 #define CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE 3
25 #define CTRL_X_FILES 4
26 #define CTRL_X_TAGS (5 + CTRL_X_WANT_IDENT)
27 #define CTRL_X_PATH_PATTERNS (6 + CTRL_X_WANT_IDENT)
28 #define CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES (7 + CTRL_X_WANT_IDENT)
29 #define CTRL_X_FINISHED 8
30 #define CTRL_X_DICTIONARY (9 + CTRL_X_WANT_IDENT)
31 #define CTRL_X_THESAURUS (10 + CTRL_X_WANT_IDENT)
32 #define CTRL_X_CMDLINE 11
33 #define CTRL_X_FUNCTION 12
34 #define CTRL_X_OMNI 13
35 #define CTRL_X_SPELL 14
36 #define CTRL_X_LOCAL_MSG 15 /* only used in "ctrl_x_msgs" */
38 #define CTRL_X_MSG(i) ctrl_x_msgs[(i) & ~CTRL_X_WANT_IDENT]
40 static char *ctrl_x_msgs[] =
42 N_(" Keyword completion (^N^P)"), /* ctrl_x_mode == 0, ^P/^N compl. */
43 N_(" ^X mode (^]^D^E^F^I^K^L^N^O^Ps^U^V^Y)"),
44 NULL,
45 N_(" Whole line completion (^L^N^P)"),
46 N_(" File name completion (^F^N^P)"),
47 N_(" Tag completion (^]^N^P)"),
48 N_(" Path pattern completion (^N^P)"),
49 N_(" Definition completion (^D^N^P)"),
50 NULL,
51 N_(" Dictionary completion (^K^N^P)"),
52 N_(" Thesaurus completion (^T^N^P)"),
53 N_(" Command-line completion (^V^N^P)"),
54 N_(" User defined completion (^U^N^P)"),
55 N_(" Omni completion (^O^N^P)"),
56 N_(" Spelling suggestion (s^N^P)"),
57 N_(" Keyword Local completion (^N^P)"),
60 static char e_hitend[] = N_("Hit end of paragraph");
63 * Structure used to store one match for insert completion.
65 typedef struct compl_S compl_T;
66 struct compl_S
68 compl_T *cp_next;
69 compl_T *cp_prev;
70 char_u *cp_str; /* matched text */
71 char cp_icase; /* TRUE or FALSE: ignore case */
72 char_u *(cp_text[CPT_COUNT]); /* text for the menu */
73 char_u *cp_fname; /* file containing the match, allocated when
74 * cp_flags has FREE_FNAME */
75 int cp_flags; /* ORIGINAL_TEXT, CONT_S_IPOS or FREE_FNAME */
76 int cp_number; /* sequence number */
79 #define ORIGINAL_TEXT (1) /* the original text when the expansion begun */
80 #define FREE_FNAME (2)
83 * All the current matches are stored in a list.
84 * "compl_first_match" points to the start of the list.
85 * "compl_curr_match" points to the currently selected entry.
86 * "compl_shown_match" is different from compl_curr_match during
87 * ins_compl_get_exp().
89 static compl_T *compl_first_match = NULL;
90 static compl_T *compl_curr_match = NULL;
91 static compl_T *compl_shown_match = NULL;
93 /* After using a cursor key <Enter> selects a match in the popup menu,
94 * otherwise it inserts a line break. */
95 static int compl_enter_selects = FALSE;
97 /* When "compl_leader" is not NULL only matches that start with this string
98 * are used. */
99 static char_u *compl_leader = NULL;
101 static int compl_get_longest = FALSE; /* put longest common string
102 in compl_leader */
104 static int compl_used_match; /* Selected one of the matches. When
105 FALSE the match was edited or using
106 the longest common string. */
108 static int compl_was_interrupted = FALSE; /* didn't finish finding
109 completions. */
111 static int compl_restarting = FALSE; /* don't insert match */
113 /* When the first completion is done "compl_started" is set. When it's
114 * FALSE the word to be completed must be located. */
115 static int compl_started = FALSE;
117 /* Set when doing something for completion that may call edit() recursively,
118 * which is not allowed. */
119 static int compl_busy = FALSE;
121 static int compl_matches = 0;
122 static char_u *compl_pattern = NULL;
123 static int compl_direction = FORWARD;
124 static int compl_shows_dir = FORWARD;
125 static int compl_pending = 0; /* > 1 for postponed CTRL-N */
126 static pos_T compl_startpos;
127 static colnr_T compl_col = 0; /* column where the text starts
128 * that is being completed */
129 static char_u *compl_orig_text = NULL; /* text as it was before
130 * completion started */
131 static int compl_cont_mode = 0;
132 static expand_T compl_xp;
134 static void ins_ctrl_x __ARGS((void));
135 static int has_compl_option __ARGS((int dict_opt));
136 static int ins_compl_accept_char __ARGS((int c));
137 static int ins_compl_add __ARGS((char_u *str, int len, int icase, char_u *fname, char_u **cptext, int cdir, int flags, int adup));
138 static int ins_compl_equal __ARGS((compl_T *match, char_u *str, int len));
139 static void ins_compl_longest_match __ARGS((compl_T *match));
140 static void ins_compl_add_matches __ARGS((int num_matches, char_u **matches, int icase));
141 static int ins_compl_make_cyclic __ARGS((void));
142 static void ins_compl_upd_pum __ARGS((void));
143 static void ins_compl_del_pum __ARGS((void));
144 static int pum_wanted __ARGS((void));
145 static int pum_enough_matches __ARGS((void));
146 static void ins_compl_dictionaries __ARGS((char_u *dict, char_u *pat, int flags, int thesaurus));
147 static void ins_compl_files __ARGS((int count, char_u **files, int thesaurus, int flags, regmatch_T *regmatch, char_u *buf, int *dir));
148 static char_u *find_line_end __ARGS((char_u *ptr));
149 static void ins_compl_free __ARGS((void));
150 static void ins_compl_clear __ARGS((void));
151 static int ins_compl_bs __ARGS((void));
152 static void ins_compl_new_leader __ARGS((void));
153 static void ins_compl_addleader __ARGS((int c));
154 static int ins_compl_len __ARGS((void));
155 static void ins_compl_restart __ARGS((void));
156 static void ins_compl_set_original_text __ARGS((char_u *str));
157 static void ins_compl_addfrommatch __ARGS((void));
158 static int ins_compl_prep __ARGS((int c));
159 static buf_T *ins_compl_next_buf __ARGS((buf_T *buf, int flag));
160 #if defined(FEAT_COMPL_FUNC) || defined(FEAT_EVAL)
161 static void ins_compl_add_list __ARGS((list_T *list));
162 #endif
163 static int ins_compl_get_exp __ARGS((pos_T *ini));
164 static void ins_compl_delete __ARGS((void));
165 static void ins_compl_insert __ARGS((void));
166 static int ins_compl_next __ARGS((int allow_get_expansion, int count, int insert_match));
167 static int ins_compl_key2dir __ARGS((int c));
168 static int ins_compl_pum_key __ARGS((int c));
169 static int ins_compl_key2count __ARGS((int c));
170 static int ins_compl_use_match __ARGS((int c));
171 static int ins_complete __ARGS((int c));
172 static unsigned quote_meta __ARGS((char_u *dest, char_u *str, int len));
173 #endif /* FEAT_INS_EXPAND */
175 #define BACKSPACE_CHAR 1
176 #define BACKSPACE_WORD 2
177 #define BACKSPACE_WORD_NOT_SPACE 3
178 #define BACKSPACE_LINE 4
180 static void ins_redraw __ARGS((int ready));
181 static void ins_ctrl_v __ARGS((void));
182 static void undisplay_dollar __ARGS((void));
183 static void insert_special __ARGS((int, int, int));
184 static void internal_format __ARGS((int textwidth, int second_indent, int flags, int format_only, int c));
185 static void check_auto_format __ARGS((int));
186 static void redo_literal __ARGS((int c));
187 static void start_arrow __ARGS((pos_T *end_insert_pos));
188 #ifdef FEAT_SPELL
189 static void check_spell_redraw __ARGS((void));
190 static void spell_back_to_badword __ARGS((void));
191 static int spell_bad_len = 0; /* length of located bad word */
192 #endif
193 static void stop_insert __ARGS((pos_T *end_insert_pos, int esc));
194 static int echeck_abbr __ARGS((int));
195 #if 0
196 static void replace_push_off __ARGS((int c));
197 #endif
198 static int replace_pop __ARGS((void));
199 static void replace_join __ARGS((int off));
200 static void replace_pop_ins __ARGS((void));
201 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
202 static void mb_replace_pop_ins __ARGS((int cc));
203 #endif
204 static void replace_flush __ARGS((void));
205 static void replace_do_bs __ARGS((int limit_col));
206 static int del_char_after_col __ARGS((int limit_col));
207 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
208 static int cindent_on __ARGS((void));
209 #endif
210 static void ins_reg __ARGS((void));
211 static void ins_ctrl_g __ARGS((void));
212 static void ins_ctrl_hat __ARGS((void));
213 static int ins_esc __ARGS((long *count, int cmdchar, int nomove));
214 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
215 static void ins_ctrl_ __ARGS((void));
216 #endif
217 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL
218 static int ins_start_select __ARGS((int c));
219 #endif
220 static void ins_insert __ARGS((int replaceState));
221 static void ins_ctrl_o __ARGS((void));
222 static void ins_shift __ARGS((int c, int lastc));
223 static void ins_del __ARGS((void));
224 static int ins_bs __ARGS((int c, int mode, int *inserted_space_p));
225 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE
226 static void ins_mouse __ARGS((int c));
227 static void ins_mousescroll __ARGS((int up));
228 #endif
229 #if defined(FEAT_GUI_TABLINE) || defined(PROTO)
230 static void ins_tabline __ARGS((int c));
231 #endif
232 static void ins_left __ARGS((void));
233 static void ins_home __ARGS((int c));
234 static void ins_end __ARGS((int c));
235 static void ins_s_left __ARGS((void));
236 static void ins_right __ARGS((void));
237 static void ins_s_right __ARGS((void));
238 static void ins_up __ARGS((int startcol));
239 static void ins_pageup __ARGS((void));
240 static void ins_down __ARGS((int startcol));
241 static void ins_pagedown __ARGS((void));
242 #ifdef FEAT_DND
243 static void ins_drop __ARGS((void));
244 #endif
245 static int ins_tab __ARGS((void));
246 static int ins_eol __ARGS((int c));
247 #ifdef FEAT_DIGRAPHS
248 static int ins_digraph __ARGS((void));
249 #endif
250 static int ins_copychar __ARGS((linenr_T lnum));
251 static int ins_ctrl_ey __ARGS((int tc));
252 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
253 static void ins_try_si __ARGS((int c));
254 #endif
255 static colnr_T get_nolist_virtcol __ARGS((void));
257 static colnr_T Insstart_textlen; /* length of line when insert started */
258 static colnr_T Insstart_blank_vcol; /* vcol for first inserted blank */
260 static char_u *last_insert = NULL; /* the text of the previous insert,
261 K_SPECIAL and CSI are escaped */
262 static int last_insert_skip; /* nr of chars in front of previous insert */
263 static int new_insert_skip; /* nr of chars in front of current insert */
264 static int did_restart_edit; /* "restart_edit" when calling edit() */
266 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
267 static int can_cindent; /* may do cindenting on this line */
268 #endif
270 static int old_indent = 0; /* for ^^D command in insert mode */
272 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
273 static int revins_on; /* reverse insert mode on */
274 static int revins_chars; /* how much to skip after edit */
275 static int revins_legal; /* was the last char 'legal'? */
276 static int revins_scol; /* start column of revins session */
277 #endif
279 static int ins_need_undo; /* call u_save() before inserting a
280 char. Set when edit() is called.
281 after that arrow_used is used. */
283 static int did_add_space = FALSE; /* auto_format() added an extra space
284 under the cursor */
287 * edit(): Start inserting text.
289 * "cmdchar" can be:
290 * 'i' normal insert command
291 * 'a' normal append command
292 * 'R' replace command
293 * 'r' "r<CR>" command: insert one <CR>. Note: count can be > 1, for redo,
294 * but still only one <CR> is inserted. The <Esc> is not used for redo.
295 * 'g' "gI" command.
296 * 'V' "gR" command for Virtual Replace mode.
297 * 'v' "gr" command for single character Virtual Replace mode.
299 * This function is not called recursively. For CTRL-O commands, it returns
300 * and lets the caller handle the Normal-mode command.
302 * Return TRUE if a CTRL-O command caused the return (insert mode pending).
305 edit(cmdchar, startln, count)
306 int cmdchar;
307 int startln; /* if set, insert at start of line */
308 long count;
310 int c = 0;
311 char_u *ptr;
312 int lastc;
313 int mincol;
314 static linenr_T o_lnum = 0;
315 int i;
316 int did_backspace = TRUE; /* previous char was backspace */
317 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
318 int line_is_white = FALSE; /* line is empty before insert */
319 #endif
320 linenr_T old_topline = 0; /* topline before insertion */
321 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
322 int old_topfill = -1;
323 #endif
324 int inserted_space = FALSE; /* just inserted a space */
325 int replaceState = REPLACE;
326 int nomove = FALSE; /* don't move cursor on return */
328 /* Remember whether editing was restarted after CTRL-O. */
329 did_restart_edit = restart_edit;
331 /* sleep before redrawing, needed for "CTRL-O :" that results in an
332 * error message */
333 check_for_delay(TRUE);
335 #ifdef HAVE_SANDBOX
336 /* Don't allow inserting in the sandbox. */
337 if (sandbox != 0)
339 EMSG(_(e_sandbox));
340 return FALSE;
342 #endif
343 /* Don't allow changes in the buffer while editing the cmdline. The
344 * caller of getcmdline() may get confused. */
345 if (textlock != 0)
347 EMSG(_(e_secure));
348 return FALSE;
351 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
352 /* Don't allow recursive insert mode when busy with completion. */
353 if (compl_started || compl_busy || pum_visible())
355 EMSG(_(e_secure));
356 return FALSE;
358 ins_compl_clear(); /* clear stuff for CTRL-X mode */
359 #endif
361 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD
363 * Trigger InsertEnter autocommands. Do not do this for "r<CR>" or "grx".
365 if (cmdchar != 'r' && cmdchar != 'v')
367 # ifdef FEAT_EVAL
368 if (cmdchar == 'R')
369 ptr = (char_u *)"r";
370 else if (cmdchar == 'V')
371 ptr = (char_u *)"v";
372 else
373 ptr = (char_u *)"i";
374 set_vim_var_string(VV_INSERTMODE, ptr, 1);
375 # endif
376 apply_autocmds(EVENT_INSERTENTER, NULL, NULL, FALSE, curbuf);
378 #endif
380 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE
382 * When doing a paste with the middle mouse button, Insstart is set to
383 * where the paste started.
385 if (where_paste_started.lnum != 0)
386 Insstart = where_paste_started;
387 else
388 #endif
390 Insstart = curwin->w_cursor;
391 if (startln)
392 Insstart.col = 0;
394 Insstart_textlen = (colnr_T)linetabsize(ml_get_curline());
395 Insstart_blank_vcol = MAXCOL;
396 if (!did_ai)
397 ai_col = 0;
399 if (cmdchar != NUL && restart_edit == 0)
401 ResetRedobuff();
402 AppendNumberToRedobuff(count);
403 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
404 if (cmdchar == 'V' || cmdchar == 'v')
406 /* "gR" or "gr" command */
407 AppendCharToRedobuff('g');
408 AppendCharToRedobuff((cmdchar == 'v') ? 'r' : 'R');
410 else
411 #endif
413 AppendCharToRedobuff(cmdchar);
414 if (cmdchar == 'g') /* "gI" command */
415 AppendCharToRedobuff('I');
416 else if (cmdchar == 'r') /* "r<CR>" command */
417 count = 1; /* insert only one <CR> */
421 if (cmdchar == 'R')
423 #ifdef FEAT_FKMAP
424 if (p_fkmap && p_ri)
426 beep_flush();
427 EMSG(farsi_text_3); /* encoded in Farsi */
428 State = INSERT;
430 else
431 #endif
432 State = REPLACE;
434 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
435 else if (cmdchar == 'V' || cmdchar == 'v')
437 State = VREPLACE;
438 replaceState = VREPLACE;
439 orig_line_count = curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count;
440 vr_lines_changed = 1;
442 #endif
443 else
444 State = INSERT;
446 stop_insert_mode = FALSE;
449 * Need to recompute the cursor position, it might move when the cursor is
450 * on a TAB or special character.
452 curs_columns(TRUE);
455 * Enable langmap or IME, indicated by 'iminsert'.
456 * Note that IME may enabled/disabled without us noticing here, thus the
457 * 'iminsert' value may not reflect what is actually used. It is updated
458 * when hitting <Esc>.
460 if (curbuf->b_p_iminsert == B_IMODE_LMAP)
461 State |= LANGMAP;
462 #ifdef USE_IM_CONTROL
463 im_set_active(curbuf->b_p_iminsert == B_IMODE_IM);
464 #endif
466 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE
467 setmouse();
468 #endif
469 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO
470 clear_showcmd();
471 #endif
472 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
473 /* there is no reverse replace mode */
474 revins_on = (State == INSERT && p_ri);
475 if (revins_on)
476 undisplay_dollar();
477 revins_chars = 0;
478 revins_legal = 0;
479 revins_scol = -1;
480 #endif
483 * Handle restarting Insert mode.
484 * Don't do this for "CTRL-O ." (repeat an insert): we get here with
485 * restart_edit non-zero, and something in the stuff buffer.
487 if (restart_edit != 0 && stuff_empty())
489 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE
491 * After a paste we consider text typed to be part of the insert for
492 * the pasted text. You can backspace over the pasted text too.
494 if (where_paste_started.lnum)
495 arrow_used = FALSE;
496 else
497 #endif
498 arrow_used = TRUE;
499 restart_edit = 0;
502 * If the cursor was after the end-of-line before the CTRL-O and it is
503 * now at the end-of-line, put it after the end-of-line (this is not
504 * correct in very rare cases).
505 * Also do this if curswant is greater than the current virtual
506 * column. Eg after "^O$" or "^O80|".
508 validate_virtcol();
509 update_curswant();
510 if (((ins_at_eol && curwin->w_cursor.lnum == o_lnum)
511 || curwin->w_curswant > curwin->w_virtcol)
512 && *(ptr = ml_get_curline() + curwin->w_cursor.col) != NUL)
514 if (ptr[1] == NUL)
515 ++curwin->w_cursor.col;
516 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
517 else if (has_mbyte)
519 i = (*mb_ptr2len)(ptr);
520 if (ptr[i] == NUL)
521 curwin->w_cursor.col += i;
523 #endif
525 ins_at_eol = FALSE;
527 else
528 arrow_used = FALSE;
530 /* we are in insert mode now, don't need to start it anymore */
531 need_start_insertmode = FALSE;
533 /* Need to save the line for undo before inserting the first char. */
534 ins_need_undo = TRUE;
536 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE
537 where_paste_started.lnum = 0;
538 #endif
539 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
540 can_cindent = TRUE;
541 #endif
542 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
543 /* The cursor line is not in a closed fold, unless 'insertmode' is set or
544 * restarting. */
545 if (!p_im && did_restart_edit == 0)
546 foldOpenCursor();
547 #endif
550 * If 'showmode' is set, show the current (insert/replace/..) mode.
551 * A warning message for changing a readonly file is given here, before
552 * actually changing anything. It's put after the mode, if any.
554 i = 0;
555 if (p_smd && msg_silent == 0)
556 i = showmode();
558 if (!p_im && did_restart_edit == 0)
559 change_warning(i == 0 ? 0 : i + 1);
561 #ifdef CURSOR_SHAPE
562 ui_cursor_shape(); /* may show different cursor shape */
563 #endif
564 #ifdef FEAT_DIGRAPHS
565 do_digraph(-1); /* clear digraphs */
566 #endif
569 * Get the current length of the redo buffer, those characters have to be
570 * skipped if we want to get to the inserted characters.
572 ptr = get_inserted();
573 if (ptr == NULL)
574 new_insert_skip = 0;
575 else
577 new_insert_skip = (int)STRLEN(ptr);
578 vim_free(ptr);
581 old_indent = 0;
584 * Main loop in Insert mode: repeat until Insert mode is left.
586 for (;;)
588 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
589 if (!revins_legal)
590 revins_scol = -1; /* reset on illegal motions */
591 else
592 revins_legal = 0;
593 #endif
594 if (arrow_used) /* don't repeat insert when arrow key used */
595 count = 0;
597 if (stop_insert_mode)
599 /* ":stopinsert" used or 'insertmode' reset */
600 count = 0;
601 goto doESCkey;
604 /* set curwin->w_curswant for next K_DOWN or K_UP */
605 if (!arrow_used)
606 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE;
608 /* If there is no typeahead may check for timestamps (e.g., for when a
609 * menu invoked a shell command). */
610 if (stuff_empty())
612 did_check_timestamps = FALSE;
613 if (need_check_timestamps)
614 check_timestamps(FALSE);
618 * When emsg() was called msg_scroll will have been set.
620 msg_scroll = FALSE;
622 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
623 /* When 'mousefocus' is set a mouse movement may have taken us to
624 * another window. "need_mouse_correct" may then be set because of an
625 * autocommand. */
626 if (need_mouse_correct)
627 gui_mouse_correct();
628 #endif
630 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
631 /* Open fold at the cursor line, according to 'foldopen'. */
632 if (fdo_flags & FDO_INSERT)
633 foldOpenCursor();
634 /* Close folds where the cursor isn't, according to 'foldclose' */
635 if (!char_avail())
636 foldCheckClose();
637 #endif
640 * If we inserted a character at the last position of the last line in
641 * the window, scroll the window one line up. This avoids an extra
642 * redraw.
643 * This is detected when the cursor column is smaller after inserting
644 * something.
645 * Don't do this when the topline changed already, it has
646 * already been adjusted (by insertchar() calling open_line())).
648 if (curbuf->b_mod_set
649 && curwin->w_p_wrap
650 && !did_backspace
651 && curwin->w_topline == old_topline
652 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
653 && curwin->w_topfill == old_topfill
654 #endif
657 mincol = curwin->w_wcol;
658 validate_cursor_col();
660 if (
661 #ifdef FEAT_VARTABS
662 (int)curwin->w_wcol < mincol
663 - tabstop_at(get_nolist_virtcol(), curbuf->b_p_ts, curbuf->b_p_vts_ary)
664 #else
665 (int)curwin->w_wcol < mincol - curbuf->b_p_ts
666 #endif
667 && curwin->w_wrow == W_WINROW(curwin)
668 + curwin->w_height - 1 - p_so
669 && (curwin->w_cursor.lnum != curwin->w_topline
670 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
671 || curwin->w_topfill > 0
672 #endif
675 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
676 if (curwin->w_topfill > 0)
677 --curwin->w_topfill;
678 else
679 #endif
680 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
681 if (hasFolding(curwin->w_topline, NULL, &old_topline))
682 set_topline(curwin, old_topline + 1);
683 else
684 #endif
685 set_topline(curwin, curwin->w_topline + 1);
689 /* May need to adjust w_topline to show the cursor. */
690 update_topline();
692 did_backspace = FALSE;
694 validate_cursor(); /* may set must_redraw */
697 * Redraw the display when no characters are waiting.
698 * Also shows mode, ruler and positions cursor.
700 ins_redraw(TRUE);
702 #ifdef FEAT_SCROLLBIND
703 if (curwin->w_p_scb)
704 do_check_scrollbind(TRUE);
705 #endif
707 update_curswant();
708 old_topline = curwin->w_topline;
709 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
710 old_topfill = curwin->w_topfill;
711 #endif
713 #ifdef USE_ON_FLY_SCROLL
714 dont_scroll = FALSE; /* allow scrolling here */
715 #endif
718 * Get a character for Insert mode. Ignore K_IGNORE.
720 lastc = c; /* remember previous char for CTRL-D */
723 c = safe_vgetc();
724 } while (c == K_IGNORE);
726 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD
727 /* Don't want K_CURSORHOLD for the second key, e.g., after CTRL-V. */
728 did_cursorhold = TRUE;
729 #endif
731 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
732 if (p_hkmap && KeyTyped)
733 c = hkmap(c); /* Hebrew mode mapping */
734 #endif
735 #ifdef FEAT_FKMAP
736 if (p_fkmap && KeyTyped)
737 c = fkmap(c); /* Farsi mode mapping */
738 #endif
740 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
742 * Special handling of keys while the popup menu is visible or wanted
743 * and the cursor is still in the completed word. Only when there is
744 * a match, skip this when no matches were found.
746 if (compl_started
747 && pum_wanted()
748 && curwin->w_cursor.col >= compl_col
749 && (compl_shown_match == NULL
750 || compl_shown_match != compl_shown_match->cp_next))
752 /* BS: Delete one character from "compl_leader". */
753 if ((c == K_BS || c == Ctrl_H)
754 && curwin->w_cursor.col > compl_col
755 && (c = ins_compl_bs()) == NUL)
756 continue;
758 /* When no match was selected or it was edited. */
759 if (!compl_used_match)
761 /* CTRL-L: Add one character from the current match to
762 * "compl_leader". Except when at the original match and
763 * there is nothing to add, CTRL-L works like CTRL-P then. */
764 if (c == Ctrl_L
765 && (ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE
766 || (int)STRLEN(compl_shown_match->cp_str)
767 > curwin->w_cursor.col - compl_col))
769 ins_compl_addfrommatch();
770 continue;
773 /* A non-white character that fits in with the current
774 * completion: Add to "compl_leader". */
775 if (ins_compl_accept_char(c))
777 ins_compl_addleader(c);
778 continue;
781 /* Pressing CTRL-Y selects the current match. When
782 * compl_enter_selects is set the Enter key does the same. */
783 if (c == Ctrl_Y || (compl_enter_selects
784 && (c == CAR || c == K_KENTER || c == NL)))
786 ins_compl_delete();
787 ins_compl_insert();
792 /* Prepare for or stop CTRL-X mode. This doesn't do completion, but
793 * it does fix up the text when finishing completion. */
794 compl_get_longest = FALSE;
795 if (ins_compl_prep(c))
796 continue;
797 #endif
799 /* CTRL-\ CTRL-N goes to Normal mode,
800 * CTRL-\ CTRL-G goes to mode selected with 'insertmode',
801 * CTRL-\ CTRL-O is like CTRL-O but without moving the cursor. */
802 if (c == Ctrl_BSL)
804 /* may need to redraw when no more chars available now */
805 ins_redraw(FALSE);
806 ++no_mapping;
807 ++allow_keys;
808 c = plain_vgetc();
809 --no_mapping;
810 --allow_keys;
811 if (c != Ctrl_N && c != Ctrl_G && c != Ctrl_O)
813 /* it's something else */
814 vungetc(c);
815 c = Ctrl_BSL;
817 else if (c == Ctrl_G && p_im)
818 continue;
819 else
821 if (c == Ctrl_O)
823 ins_ctrl_o();
824 ins_at_eol = FALSE; /* cursor keeps its column */
825 nomove = TRUE;
827 count = 0;
828 goto doESCkey;
832 #ifdef FEAT_DIGRAPHS
833 c = do_digraph(c);
834 #endif
836 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
837 if ((c == Ctrl_V || c == Ctrl_Q) && ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_CMDLINE)
838 goto docomplete;
839 #endif
840 if (c == Ctrl_V || c == Ctrl_Q)
842 ins_ctrl_v();
843 c = Ctrl_V; /* pretend CTRL-V is last typed character */
844 continue;
847 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
848 if (cindent_on()
849 # ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
850 && ctrl_x_mode == 0
851 # endif
854 /* A key name preceded by a bang means this key is not to be
855 * inserted. Skip ahead to the re-indenting below.
856 * A key name preceded by a star means that indenting has to be
857 * done before inserting the key. */
858 line_is_white = inindent(0);
859 if (in_cinkeys(c, '!', line_is_white))
860 goto force_cindent;
861 if (can_cindent && in_cinkeys(c, '*', line_is_white)
862 && stop_arrow() == OK)
863 do_c_expr_indent();
865 #endif
867 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
868 if (curwin->w_p_rl)
869 switch (c)
871 case K_LEFT: c = K_RIGHT; break;
872 case K_S_LEFT: c = K_S_RIGHT; break;
873 case K_C_LEFT: c = K_C_RIGHT; break;
874 case K_RIGHT: c = K_LEFT; break;
875 case K_S_RIGHT: c = K_S_LEFT; break;
876 case K_C_RIGHT: c = K_C_LEFT; break;
878 #endif
880 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL
882 * If 'keymodel' contains "startsel", may start selection. If it
883 * does, a CTRL-O and c will be stuffed, we need to get these
884 * characters.
886 if (ins_start_select(c))
887 continue;
888 #endif
891 * The big switch to handle a character in insert mode.
893 switch (c)
895 case ESC: /* End input mode */
896 if (echeck_abbr(ESC + ABBR_OFF))
897 break;
898 /*FALLTHROUGH*/
900 case Ctrl_C: /* End input mode */
901 #ifdef FEAT_CMDWIN
902 if (c == Ctrl_C && cmdwin_type != 0)
904 /* Close the cmdline window. */
905 cmdwin_result = K_IGNORE;
906 got_int = FALSE; /* don't stop executing autocommands et al. */
907 nomove = TRUE;
908 goto doESCkey;
910 #endif
912 #ifdef UNIX
913 do_intr:
914 #endif
915 /* when 'insertmode' set, and not halfway a mapping, don't leave
916 * Insert mode */
917 if (goto_im())
919 if (got_int)
921 (void)vgetc(); /* flush all buffers */
922 got_int = FALSE;
924 else
925 vim_beep();
926 break;
928 doESCkey:
930 * This is the ONLY return from edit()!
932 /* Always update o_lnum, so that a "CTRL-O ." that adds a line
933 * still puts the cursor back after the inserted text. */
934 if (ins_at_eol && gchar_cursor() == NUL)
935 o_lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
937 if (ins_esc(&count, cmdchar, nomove))
939 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD
940 if (cmdchar != 'r' && cmdchar != 'v')
941 apply_autocmds(EVENT_INSERTLEAVE, NULL, NULL,
942 FALSE, curbuf);
943 did_cursorhold = FALSE;
944 #endif
945 return (c == Ctrl_O);
947 continue;
949 case Ctrl_Z: /* suspend when 'insertmode' set */
950 if (!p_im)
951 goto normalchar; /* insert CTRL-Z as normal char */
952 stuffReadbuff((char_u *)":st\r");
953 c = Ctrl_O;
954 /*FALLTHROUGH*/
956 case Ctrl_O: /* execute one command */
957 #ifdef FEAT_COMPL_FUNC
958 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_OMNI)
959 goto docomplete;
960 #endif
961 if (echeck_abbr(Ctrl_O + ABBR_OFF))
962 break;
963 ins_ctrl_o();
965 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
966 /* don't move the cursor left when 'virtualedit' has "onemore". */
967 if (ve_flags & VE_ONEMORE)
969 ins_at_eol = FALSE;
970 nomove = TRUE;
972 #endif
973 count = 0;
974 goto doESCkey;
976 case K_INS: /* toggle insert/replace mode */
977 case K_KINS:
978 ins_insert(replaceState);
979 break;
981 case K_SELECT: /* end of Select mode mapping - ignore */
982 break;
984 #ifdef FEAT_SNIFF
985 case K_SNIFF: /* Sniff command received */
986 stuffcharReadbuff(K_SNIFF);
987 goto doESCkey;
988 #endif
990 case K_HELP: /* Help key works like <ESC> <Help> */
991 case K_F1:
992 case K_XF1:
993 stuffcharReadbuff(K_HELP);
994 if (p_im)
995 need_start_insertmode = TRUE;
996 goto doESCkey;
998 #ifdef FEAT_NETBEANS_INTG
999 case K_F21: /* NetBeans command */
1000 ++no_mapping; /* don't map the next key hits */
1001 i = plain_vgetc();
1002 --no_mapping;
1003 netbeans_keycommand(i);
1004 break;
1005 #endif
1007 case K_ZERO: /* Insert the previously inserted text. */
1008 case NUL:
1009 case Ctrl_A:
1010 /* For ^@ the trailing ESC will end the insert, unless there is an
1011 * error. */
1012 if (stuff_inserted(NUL, 1L, (c == Ctrl_A)) == FAIL
1013 && c != Ctrl_A && !p_im)
1014 goto doESCkey; /* quit insert mode */
1015 inserted_space = FALSE;
1016 break;
1018 case Ctrl_R: /* insert the contents of a register */
1019 ins_reg();
1020 auto_format(FALSE, TRUE);
1021 inserted_space = FALSE;
1022 break;
1024 case Ctrl_G: /* commands starting with CTRL-G */
1025 ins_ctrl_g();
1026 break;
1028 case Ctrl_HAT: /* switch input mode and/or langmap */
1029 ins_ctrl_hat();
1030 break;
1032 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
1033 case Ctrl__: /* switch between languages */
1034 if (!p_ari)
1035 goto normalchar;
1036 ins_ctrl_();
1037 break;
1038 #endif
1040 case Ctrl_D: /* Make indent one shiftwidth smaller. */
1041 #if defined(FEAT_INS_EXPAND) && defined(FEAT_FIND_ID)
1042 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES)
1043 goto docomplete;
1044 #endif
1045 /* FALLTHROUGH */
1047 case Ctrl_T: /* Make indent one shiftwidth greater. */
1048 # ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
1049 if (c == Ctrl_T && ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_THESAURUS)
1051 if (has_compl_option(FALSE))
1052 goto docomplete;
1053 break;
1055 # endif
1056 ins_shift(c, lastc);
1057 auto_format(FALSE, TRUE);
1058 inserted_space = FALSE;
1059 break;
1061 case K_DEL: /* delete character under the cursor */
1062 case K_KDEL:
1063 ins_del();
1064 auto_format(FALSE, TRUE);
1065 break;
1067 case K_BS: /* delete character before the cursor */
1068 case Ctrl_H:
1069 did_backspace = ins_bs(c, BACKSPACE_CHAR, &inserted_space);
1070 auto_format(FALSE, TRUE);
1071 break;
1073 case Ctrl_W: /* delete word before the cursor */
1074 did_backspace = ins_bs(c, BACKSPACE_WORD, &inserted_space);
1075 auto_format(FALSE, TRUE);
1076 break;
1078 case Ctrl_U: /* delete all inserted text in current line */
1079 # ifdef FEAT_COMPL_FUNC
1080 /* CTRL-X CTRL-U completes with 'completefunc'. */
1081 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_FUNCTION)
1082 goto docomplete;
1083 # endif
1084 did_backspace = ins_bs(c, BACKSPACE_LINE, &inserted_space);
1085 auto_format(FALSE, TRUE);
1086 inserted_space = FALSE;
1087 break;
1089 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE
1090 case K_LEFTMOUSE: /* mouse keys */
1091 case K_LEFTMOUSE_NM:
1092 case K_LEFTDRAG:
1093 case K_LEFTRELEASE:
1094 case K_LEFTRELEASE_NM:
1095 case K_MIDDLEMOUSE:
1096 case K_MIDDLEDRAG:
1097 case K_MIDDLERELEASE:
1098 case K_RIGHTMOUSE:
1099 case K_RIGHTDRAG:
1100 case K_RIGHTRELEASE:
1101 case K_X1MOUSE:
1102 case K_X1DRAG:
1103 case K_X1RELEASE:
1104 case K_X2MOUSE:
1105 case K_X2DRAG:
1106 case K_X2RELEASE:
1107 ins_mouse(c);
1108 break;
1110 case K_MOUSEDOWN: /* Default action for scroll wheel up: scroll up */
1111 ins_mousescroll(FALSE);
1112 break;
1114 case K_MOUSEUP: /* Default action for scroll wheel down: scroll down */
1115 ins_mousescroll(TRUE);
1116 break;
1117 #endif
1118 #ifdef FEAT_GUI_TABLINE
1119 case K_TABLINE:
1120 case K_TABMENU:
1121 ins_tabline(c);
1122 break;
1123 #endif
1125 case K_IGNORE: /* Something mapped to nothing */
1126 break;
1128 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD
1129 case K_CURSORHOLD: /* Didn't type something for a while. */
1130 apply_autocmds(EVENT_CURSORHOLDI, NULL, NULL, FALSE, curbuf);
1131 did_cursorhold = TRUE;
1132 break;
1133 #endif
1135 #ifdef FEAT_GUI_W32
1136 /* On Win32 ignore <M-F4>, we get it when closing the window was
1137 * cancelled. */
1138 case K_F4:
1139 if (mod_mask != MOD_MASK_ALT)
1140 goto normalchar;
1141 break;
1142 #endif
1144 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
1145 case K_VER_SCROLLBAR:
1146 ins_scroll();
1147 break;
1149 case K_HOR_SCROLLBAR:
1150 ins_horscroll();
1151 break;
1152 #endif
1154 case K_HOME: /* <Home> */
1155 case K_KHOME:
1156 case K_S_HOME:
1157 case K_C_HOME:
1158 ins_home(c);
1159 break;
1161 case K_END: /* <End> */
1162 case K_KEND:
1163 case K_S_END:
1164 case K_C_END:
1165 ins_end(c);
1166 break;
1168 case K_LEFT: /* <Left> */
1169 if (mod_mask & (MOD_MASK_SHIFT|MOD_MASK_CTRL))
1170 ins_s_left();
1171 else
1172 ins_left();
1173 break;
1175 case K_S_LEFT: /* <S-Left> */
1176 case K_C_LEFT:
1177 ins_s_left();
1178 break;
1180 case K_RIGHT: /* <Right> */
1181 if (mod_mask & (MOD_MASK_SHIFT|MOD_MASK_CTRL))
1182 ins_s_right();
1183 else
1184 ins_right();
1185 break;
1187 case K_S_RIGHT: /* <S-Right> */
1188 case K_C_RIGHT:
1189 ins_s_right();
1190 break;
1192 case K_UP: /* <Up> */
1193 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
1194 if (pum_visible())
1195 goto docomplete;
1196 #endif
1197 if (mod_mask & MOD_MASK_SHIFT)
1198 ins_pageup();
1199 else
1200 ins_up(FALSE);
1201 break;
1203 case K_S_UP: /* <S-Up> */
1204 case K_PAGEUP:
1205 case K_KPAGEUP:
1206 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
1207 if (pum_visible())
1208 goto docomplete;
1209 #endif
1210 ins_pageup();
1211 break;
1213 case K_DOWN: /* <Down> */
1214 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
1215 if (pum_visible())
1216 goto docomplete;
1217 #endif
1218 if (mod_mask & MOD_MASK_SHIFT)
1219 ins_pagedown();
1220 else
1221 ins_down(FALSE);
1222 break;
1224 case K_S_DOWN: /* <S-Down> */
1225 case K_PAGEDOWN:
1226 case K_KPAGEDOWN:
1227 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
1228 if (pum_visible())
1229 goto docomplete;
1230 #endif
1231 ins_pagedown();
1232 break;
1234 #ifdef FEAT_DND
1235 case K_DROP: /* drag-n-drop event */
1236 ins_drop();
1237 break;
1238 #endif
1240 case K_S_TAB: /* When not mapped, use like a normal TAB */
1241 c = TAB;
1242 /* FALLTHROUGH */
1244 case TAB: /* TAB or Complete patterns along path */
1245 #if defined(FEAT_INS_EXPAND) && defined(FEAT_FIND_ID)
1246 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_PATH_PATTERNS)
1247 goto docomplete;
1248 #endif
1249 inserted_space = FALSE;
1250 if (ins_tab())
1251 goto normalchar; /* insert TAB as a normal char */
1252 auto_format(FALSE, TRUE);
1253 break;
1255 case K_KENTER: /* <Enter> */
1256 c = CAR;
1257 /* FALLTHROUGH */
1258 case CAR:
1259 case NL:
1260 #if defined(FEAT_WINDOWS) && defined(FEAT_QUICKFIX)
1261 /* In a quickfix window a <CR> jumps to the error under the
1262 * cursor. */
1263 if (bt_quickfix(curbuf) && c == CAR)
1265 if (curwin->w_llist_ref == NULL) /* quickfix window */
1266 do_cmdline_cmd((char_u *)".cc");
1267 else /* location list window */
1268 do_cmdline_cmd((char_u *)".ll");
1269 break;
1271 #endif
1272 #ifdef FEAT_CMDWIN
1273 if (cmdwin_type != 0)
1275 /* Execute the command in the cmdline window. */
1276 cmdwin_result = CAR;
1277 goto doESCkey;
1279 #endif
1280 if (ins_eol(c) && !p_im)
1281 goto doESCkey; /* out of memory */
1282 auto_format(FALSE, FALSE);
1283 inserted_space = FALSE;
1284 break;
1286 #if defined(FEAT_DIGRAPHS) || defined (FEAT_INS_EXPAND)
1287 case Ctrl_K: /* digraph or keyword completion */
1288 # ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
1289 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_DICTIONARY)
1291 if (has_compl_option(TRUE))
1292 goto docomplete;
1293 break;
1295 # endif
1296 # ifdef FEAT_DIGRAPHS
1297 c = ins_digraph();
1298 if (c == NUL)
1299 break;
1300 # endif
1301 goto normalchar;
1302 #endif
1304 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
1305 case Ctrl_X: /* Enter CTRL-X mode */
1306 ins_ctrl_x();
1307 break;
1309 case Ctrl_RSB: /* Tag name completion after ^X */
1310 if (ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_TAGS)
1311 goto normalchar;
1312 goto docomplete;
1314 case Ctrl_F: /* File name completion after ^X */
1315 if (ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_FILES)
1316 goto normalchar;
1317 goto docomplete;
1319 case 's': /* Spelling completion after ^X */
1320 case Ctrl_S:
1321 if (ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_SPELL)
1322 goto normalchar;
1323 goto docomplete;
1324 #endif
1326 case Ctrl_L: /* Whole line completion after ^X */
1327 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
1328 if (ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE)
1329 #endif
1331 /* CTRL-L with 'insertmode' set: Leave Insert mode */
1332 if (p_im)
1334 if (echeck_abbr(Ctrl_L + ABBR_OFF))
1335 break;
1336 goto doESCkey;
1338 goto normalchar;
1340 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
1341 /* FALLTHROUGH */
1343 case Ctrl_P: /* Do previous/next pattern completion */
1344 case Ctrl_N:
1345 /* if 'complete' is empty then plain ^P is no longer special,
1346 * but it is under other ^X modes */
1347 if (*curbuf->b_p_cpt == NUL
1348 && ctrl_x_mode != 0
1349 && !(compl_cont_status & CONT_LOCAL))
1350 goto normalchar;
1352 docomplete:
1353 compl_busy = TRUE;
1354 if (ins_complete(c) == FAIL)
1355 compl_cont_status = 0;
1356 compl_busy = FALSE;
1357 break;
1358 #endif /* FEAT_INS_EXPAND */
1360 case Ctrl_Y: /* copy from previous line or scroll down */
1361 case Ctrl_E: /* copy from next line or scroll up */
1362 c = ins_ctrl_ey(c);
1363 break;
1365 default:
1366 #ifdef UNIX
1367 if (c == intr_char) /* special interrupt char */
1368 goto do_intr;
1369 #endif
1372 * Insert a nomal character.
1374 normalchar:
1375 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
1376 /* Try to perform smart-indenting. */
1377 ins_try_si(c);
1378 #endif
1380 if (c == ' ')
1382 inserted_space = TRUE;
1383 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
1384 if (inindent(0))
1385 can_cindent = FALSE;
1386 #endif
1387 if (Insstart_blank_vcol == MAXCOL
1388 && curwin->w_cursor.lnum == Insstart.lnum)
1389 Insstart_blank_vcol = get_nolist_virtcol();
1392 if (vim_iswordc(c) || !echeck_abbr(
1393 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
1394 /* Add ABBR_OFF for characters above 0x100, this is
1395 * what check_abbr() expects. */
1396 (has_mbyte && c >= 0x100) ? (c + ABBR_OFF) :
1397 #endif
1400 insert_special(c, FALSE, FALSE);
1401 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
1402 revins_legal++;
1403 revins_chars++;
1404 #endif
1407 auto_format(FALSE, TRUE);
1409 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
1410 /* When inserting a character the cursor line must never be in a
1411 * closed fold. */
1412 foldOpenCursor();
1413 #endif
1414 break;
1415 } /* end of switch (c) */
1417 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD
1418 /* If typed something may trigger CursorHoldI again. */
1419 if (c != K_CURSORHOLD)
1420 did_cursorhold = FALSE;
1421 #endif
1423 /* If the cursor was moved we didn't just insert a space */
1424 if (arrow_used)
1425 inserted_space = FALSE;
1427 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
1428 if (can_cindent && cindent_on()
1429 # ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
1430 && ctrl_x_mode == 0
1431 # endif
1434 force_cindent:
1436 * Indent now if a key was typed that is in 'cinkeys'.
1438 if (in_cinkeys(c, ' ', line_is_white))
1440 if (stop_arrow() == OK)
1441 /* re-indent the current line */
1442 do_c_expr_indent();
1445 #endif /* FEAT_CINDENT */
1447 } /* for (;;) */
1448 /* NOTREACHED */
1452 * Redraw for Insert mode.
1453 * This is postponed until getting the next character to make '$' in the 'cpo'
1454 * option work correctly.
1455 * Only redraw when there are no characters available. This speeds up
1456 * inserting sequences of characters (e.g., for CTRL-R).
1458 static void
1459 ins_redraw(ready)
1460 int ready UNUSED; /* not busy with something */
1462 if (!char_avail())
1464 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD
1465 /* Trigger CursorMoved if the cursor moved. Not when the popup menu is
1466 * visible, the command might delete it. */
1467 if (ready && has_cursormovedI()
1468 && !equalpos(last_cursormoved, curwin->w_cursor)
1469 # ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
1470 && !pum_visible()
1471 # endif
1474 # ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL
1475 /* Need to update the screen first, to make sure syntax
1476 * highlighting is correct after making a change (e.g., inserting
1477 * a "(". The autocommand may also require a redraw, so it's done
1478 * again below, unfortunately. */
1479 if (syntax_present(curbuf) && must_redraw)
1480 update_screen(0);
1481 # endif
1482 apply_autocmds(EVENT_CURSORMOVEDI, NULL, NULL, FALSE, curbuf);
1483 last_cursormoved = curwin->w_cursor;
1485 #endif
1486 if (must_redraw)
1487 update_screen(0);
1488 else if (clear_cmdline || redraw_cmdline)
1489 showmode(); /* clear cmdline and show mode */
1490 showruler(FALSE);
1491 setcursor();
1492 emsg_on_display = FALSE; /* may remove error message now */
1497 * Handle a CTRL-V or CTRL-Q typed in Insert mode.
1499 static void
1500 ins_ctrl_v()
1502 int c;
1504 /* may need to redraw when no more chars available now */
1505 ins_redraw(FALSE);
1507 if (redrawing() && !char_avail())
1508 edit_putchar('^', TRUE);
1509 AppendToRedobuff((char_u *)CTRL_V_STR); /* CTRL-V */
1511 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO
1512 add_to_showcmd_c(Ctrl_V);
1513 #endif
1515 c = get_literal();
1516 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO
1517 clear_showcmd();
1518 #endif
1519 insert_special(c, FALSE, TRUE);
1520 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
1521 revins_chars++;
1522 revins_legal++;
1523 #endif
1527 * Put a character directly onto the screen. It's not stored in a buffer.
1528 * Used while handling CTRL-K, CTRL-V, etc. in Insert mode.
1530 static int pc_status;
1531 #define PC_STATUS_UNSET 0 /* pc_bytes was not set */
1532 #define PC_STATUS_RIGHT 1 /* right halve of double-wide char */
1533 #define PC_STATUS_LEFT 2 /* left halve of double-wide char */
1534 #define PC_STATUS_SET 3 /* pc_bytes was filled */
1535 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
1536 static char_u pc_bytes[MB_MAXBYTES + 1]; /* saved bytes */
1537 #else
1538 static char_u pc_bytes[2]; /* saved bytes */
1539 #endif
1540 static int pc_attr;
1541 static int pc_row;
1542 static int pc_col;
1544 void
1545 edit_putchar(c, highlight)
1546 int c;
1547 int highlight;
1549 int attr;
1551 if (ScreenLines != NULL)
1553 update_topline(); /* just in case w_topline isn't valid */
1554 validate_cursor();
1555 if (highlight)
1556 attr = hl_attr(HLF_8);
1557 else
1558 attr = 0;
1559 pc_row = W_WINROW(curwin) + curwin->w_wrow;
1560 pc_col = W_WINCOL(curwin);
1561 #if defined(FEAT_RIGHTLEFT) || defined(FEAT_MBYTE)
1562 pc_status = PC_STATUS_UNSET;
1563 #endif
1564 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
1565 if (curwin->w_p_rl)
1567 pc_col += W_WIDTH(curwin) - 1 - curwin->w_wcol;
1568 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
1569 if (has_mbyte)
1571 int fix_col = mb_fix_col(pc_col, pc_row);
1573 if (fix_col != pc_col)
1575 screen_putchar(' ', pc_row, fix_col, attr);
1576 --curwin->w_wcol;
1577 pc_status = PC_STATUS_RIGHT;
1580 # endif
1582 else
1583 #endif
1585 pc_col += curwin->w_wcol;
1586 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
1587 if (mb_lefthalve(pc_row, pc_col))
1588 pc_status = PC_STATUS_LEFT;
1589 #endif
1592 /* save the character to be able to put it back */
1593 #if defined(FEAT_RIGHTLEFT) || defined(FEAT_MBYTE)
1594 if (pc_status == PC_STATUS_UNSET)
1595 #endif
1597 screen_getbytes(pc_row, pc_col, pc_bytes, &pc_attr);
1598 pc_status = PC_STATUS_SET;
1600 screen_putchar(c, pc_row, pc_col, attr);
1605 * Undo the previous edit_putchar().
1607 void
1608 edit_unputchar()
1610 if (pc_status != PC_STATUS_UNSET && pc_row >= msg_scrolled)
1612 #if defined(FEAT_MBYTE)
1613 if (pc_status == PC_STATUS_RIGHT)
1614 ++curwin->w_wcol;
1615 if (pc_status == PC_STATUS_RIGHT || pc_status == PC_STATUS_LEFT)
1616 redrawWinline(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, FALSE);
1617 else
1618 #endif
1619 screen_puts(pc_bytes, pc_row - msg_scrolled, pc_col, pc_attr);
1624 * Called when p_dollar is set: display a '$' at the end of the changed text
1625 * Only works when cursor is in the line that changes.
1627 void
1628 display_dollar(col)
1629 colnr_T col;
1631 colnr_T save_col;
1633 if (!redrawing())
1634 return;
1636 cursor_off();
1637 save_col = curwin->w_cursor.col;
1638 curwin->w_cursor.col = col;
1639 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
1640 if (has_mbyte)
1642 char_u *p;
1644 /* If on the last byte of a multi-byte move to the first byte. */
1645 p = ml_get_curline();
1646 curwin->w_cursor.col -= (*mb_head_off)(p, p + col);
1648 #endif
1649 curs_columns(FALSE); /* recompute w_wrow and w_wcol */
1650 if (curwin->w_wcol < W_WIDTH(curwin))
1652 edit_putchar('$', FALSE);
1653 dollar_vcol = curwin->w_virtcol;
1655 curwin->w_cursor.col = save_col;
1659 * Call this function before moving the cursor from the normal insert position
1660 * in insert mode.
1662 static void
1663 undisplay_dollar()
1665 if (dollar_vcol)
1667 dollar_vcol = 0;
1668 redrawWinline(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, FALSE);
1673 * Insert an indent (for <Tab> or CTRL-T) or delete an indent (for CTRL-D).
1674 * Keep the cursor on the same character.
1675 * type == INDENT_INC increase indent (for CTRL-T or <Tab>)
1676 * type == INDENT_DEC decrease indent (for CTRL-D)
1677 * type == INDENT_SET set indent to "amount"
1678 * if round is TRUE, round the indent to 'shiftwidth' (only with _INC and _Dec).
1680 void
1681 change_indent(type, amount, round, replaced, call_changed_bytes)
1682 int type;
1683 int amount;
1684 int round;
1685 int replaced; /* replaced character, put on replace stack */
1686 int call_changed_bytes; /* call changed_bytes() */
1688 int vcol;
1689 int last_vcol;
1690 int insstart_less; /* reduction for Insstart.col */
1691 int new_cursor_col;
1692 int i;
1693 char_u *ptr;
1694 int save_p_list;
1695 int start_col;
1696 colnr_T vc;
1697 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
1698 colnr_T orig_col = 0; /* init for GCC */
1699 char_u *new_line, *orig_line = NULL; /* init for GCC */
1701 /* VREPLACE mode needs to know what the line was like before changing */
1702 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
1704 orig_line = vim_strsave(ml_get_curline()); /* Deal with NULL below */
1705 orig_col = curwin->w_cursor.col;
1707 #endif
1709 /* for the following tricks we don't want list mode */
1710 save_p_list = curwin->w_p_list;
1711 curwin->w_p_list = FALSE;
1712 vc = getvcol_nolist(&curwin->w_cursor);
1713 vcol = vc;
1716 * For Replace mode we need to fix the replace stack later, which is only
1717 * possible when the cursor is in the indent. Remember the number of
1718 * characters before the cursor if it's possible.
1720 start_col = curwin->w_cursor.col;
1722 /* determine offset from first non-blank */
1723 new_cursor_col = curwin->w_cursor.col;
1724 beginline(BL_WHITE);
1725 new_cursor_col -= curwin->w_cursor.col;
1727 insstart_less = curwin->w_cursor.col;
1730 * If the cursor is in the indent, compute how many screen columns the
1731 * cursor is to the left of the first non-blank.
1733 if (new_cursor_col < 0)
1734 vcol = get_indent() - vcol;
1736 if (new_cursor_col > 0) /* can't fix replace stack */
1737 start_col = -1;
1740 * Set the new indent. The cursor will be put on the first non-blank.
1742 if (type == INDENT_SET)
1743 (void)set_indent(amount, call_changed_bytes ? SIN_CHANGED : 0);
1744 else
1746 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
1747 int save_State = State;
1749 /* Avoid being called recursively. */
1750 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
1751 State = INSERT;
1752 #endif
1753 shift_line(type == INDENT_DEC, round, 1, call_changed_bytes);
1754 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
1755 State = save_State;
1756 #endif
1758 insstart_less -= curwin->w_cursor.col;
1761 * Try to put cursor on same character.
1762 * If the cursor is at or after the first non-blank in the line,
1763 * compute the cursor column relative to the column of the first
1764 * non-blank character.
1765 * If we are not in insert mode, leave the cursor on the first non-blank.
1766 * If the cursor is before the first non-blank, position it relative
1767 * to the first non-blank, counted in screen columns.
1769 if (new_cursor_col >= 0)
1772 * When changing the indent while the cursor is touching it, reset
1773 * Insstart_col to 0.
1775 if (new_cursor_col == 0)
1776 insstart_less = MAXCOL;
1777 new_cursor_col += curwin->w_cursor.col;
1779 else if (!(State & INSERT))
1780 new_cursor_col = curwin->w_cursor.col;
1781 else
1784 * Compute the screen column where the cursor should be.
1786 vcol = get_indent() - vcol;
1787 curwin->w_virtcol = (colnr_T)((vcol < 0) ? 0 : vcol);
1790 * Advance the cursor until we reach the right screen column.
1792 vcol = last_vcol = 0;
1793 new_cursor_col = -1;
1794 ptr = ml_get_curline();
1795 while (vcol <= (int)curwin->w_virtcol)
1797 last_vcol = vcol;
1798 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
1799 if (has_mbyte && new_cursor_col >= 0)
1800 new_cursor_col += (*mb_ptr2len)(ptr + new_cursor_col);
1801 else
1802 #endif
1803 ++new_cursor_col;
1804 vcol += lbr_chartabsize(ptr + new_cursor_col, (colnr_T)vcol);
1806 vcol = last_vcol;
1809 * May need to insert spaces to be able to position the cursor on
1810 * the right screen column.
1812 if (vcol != (int)curwin->w_virtcol)
1814 curwin->w_cursor.col = (colnr_T)new_cursor_col;
1815 i = (int)curwin->w_virtcol - vcol;
1816 ptr = alloc((unsigned)(i + 1));
1817 if (ptr != NULL)
1819 new_cursor_col += i;
1820 ptr[i] = NUL;
1821 while (--i >= 0)
1822 ptr[i] = ' ';
1823 ins_str(ptr);
1824 vim_free(ptr);
1829 * When changing the indent while the cursor is in it, reset
1830 * Insstart_col to 0.
1832 insstart_less = MAXCOL;
1835 curwin->w_p_list = save_p_list;
1837 if (new_cursor_col <= 0)
1838 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
1839 else
1840 curwin->w_cursor.col = (colnr_T)new_cursor_col;
1841 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE;
1842 changed_cline_bef_curs();
1845 * May have to adjust the start of the insert.
1847 if (State & INSERT)
1849 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum == Insstart.lnum && Insstart.col != 0)
1851 if ((int)Insstart.col <= insstart_less)
1852 Insstart.col = 0;
1853 else
1854 Insstart.col -= insstart_less;
1856 if ((int)ai_col <= insstart_less)
1857 ai_col = 0;
1858 else
1859 ai_col -= insstart_less;
1863 * For REPLACE mode, may have to fix the replace stack, if it's possible.
1864 * If the number of characters before the cursor decreased, need to pop a
1865 * few characters from the replace stack.
1866 * If the number of characters before the cursor increased, need to push a
1867 * few NULs onto the replace stack.
1869 if (REPLACE_NORMAL(State) && start_col >= 0)
1871 while (start_col > (int)curwin->w_cursor.col)
1873 replace_join(0); /* remove a NUL from the replace stack */
1874 --start_col;
1876 while (start_col < (int)curwin->w_cursor.col || replaced)
1878 replace_push(NUL);
1879 if (replaced)
1881 replace_push(replaced);
1882 replaced = NUL;
1884 ++start_col;
1888 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
1890 * For VREPLACE mode, we also have to fix the replace stack. In this case
1891 * it is always possible because we backspace over the whole line and then
1892 * put it back again the way we wanted it.
1894 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
1896 /* If orig_line didn't allocate, just return. At least we did the job,
1897 * even if you can't backspace. */
1898 if (orig_line == NULL)
1899 return;
1901 /* Save new line */
1902 new_line = vim_strsave(ml_get_curline());
1903 if (new_line == NULL)
1904 return;
1906 /* We only put back the new line up to the cursor */
1907 new_line[curwin->w_cursor.col] = NUL;
1909 /* Put back original line */
1910 ml_replace(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, orig_line, FALSE);
1911 curwin->w_cursor.col = orig_col;
1913 /* Backspace from cursor to start of line */
1914 backspace_until_column(0);
1916 /* Insert new stuff into line again */
1917 ins_bytes(new_line);
1919 vim_free(new_line);
1921 #endif
1925 * Truncate the space at the end of a line. This is to be used only in an
1926 * insert mode. It handles fixing the replace stack for REPLACE and VREPLACE
1927 * modes.
1929 void
1930 truncate_spaces(line)
1931 char_u *line;
1933 int i;
1935 /* find start of trailing white space */
1936 for (i = (int)STRLEN(line) - 1; i >= 0 && vim_iswhite(line[i]); i--)
1938 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG)
1939 replace_join(0); /* remove a NUL from the replace stack */
1941 line[i + 1] = NUL;
1944 #if defined(FEAT_VREPLACE) || defined(FEAT_INS_EXPAND) \
1945 || defined(FEAT_COMMENTS) || defined(PROTO)
1947 * Backspace the cursor until the given column. Handles REPLACE and VREPLACE
1948 * modes correctly. May also be used when not in insert mode at all.
1949 * Will attempt not to go before "col" even when there is a composing
1950 * character.
1952 void
1953 backspace_until_column(col)
1954 int col;
1956 while ((int)curwin->w_cursor.col > col)
1958 curwin->w_cursor.col--;
1959 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG)
1960 replace_do_bs(col);
1961 else if (!del_char_after_col(col))
1962 break;
1965 #endif
1968 * Like del_char(), but make sure not to go before column "limit_col".
1969 * Only matters when there are composing characters.
1970 * Return TRUE when something was deleted.
1972 static int
1973 del_char_after_col(limit_col)
1974 int limit_col UNUSED;
1976 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
1977 if (enc_utf8 && limit_col >= 0)
1979 colnr_T ecol = curwin->w_cursor.col + 1;
1981 /* Make sure the cursor is at the start of a character, but
1982 * skip forward again when going too far back because of a
1983 * composing character. */
1984 mb_adjust_cursor();
1985 while (curwin->w_cursor.col < (colnr_T)limit_col)
1987 int l = utf_ptr2len(ml_get_cursor());
1989 if (l == 0) /* end of line */
1990 break;
1991 curwin->w_cursor.col += l;
1993 if (*ml_get_cursor() == NUL || curwin->w_cursor.col == ecol)
1994 return FALSE;
1995 del_bytes((long)((int)ecol - curwin->w_cursor.col), FALSE, TRUE);
1997 else
1998 #endif
1999 (void)del_char(FALSE);
2000 return TRUE;
2003 #if defined(FEAT_INS_EXPAND) || defined(PROTO)
2005 * CTRL-X pressed in Insert mode.
2007 static void
2008 ins_ctrl_x()
2010 /* CTRL-X after CTRL-X CTRL-V doesn't do anything, so that CTRL-X
2011 * CTRL-V works like CTRL-N */
2012 if (ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_CMDLINE)
2014 /* if the next ^X<> won't ADD nothing, then reset
2015 * compl_cont_status */
2016 if (compl_cont_status & CONT_N_ADDS)
2017 compl_cont_status |= CONT_INTRPT;
2018 else
2019 compl_cont_status = 0;
2020 /* We're not sure which CTRL-X mode it will be yet */
2021 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_NOT_DEFINED_YET;
2022 edit_submode = (char_u *)_(CTRL_X_MSG(ctrl_x_mode));
2023 edit_submode_pre = NULL;
2024 showmode();
2029 * Return TRUE if the 'dict' or 'tsr' option can be used.
2031 static int
2032 has_compl_option(dict_opt)
2033 int dict_opt;
2035 if (dict_opt ? (*curbuf->b_p_dict == NUL && *p_dict == NUL
2036 # ifdef FEAT_SPELL
2037 && !curwin->w_p_spell
2038 # endif
2040 : (*curbuf->b_p_tsr == NUL && *p_tsr == NUL))
2042 ctrl_x_mode = 0;
2043 edit_submode = NULL;
2044 msg_attr(dict_opt ? (char_u *)_("'dictionary' option is empty")
2045 : (char_u *)_("'thesaurus' option is empty"),
2046 hl_attr(HLF_E));
2047 if (emsg_silent == 0)
2049 vim_beep();
2050 setcursor();
2051 out_flush();
2052 ui_delay(2000L, FALSE);
2054 return FALSE;
2056 return TRUE;
2060 * Is the character 'c' a valid key to go to or keep us in CTRL-X mode?
2061 * This depends on the current mode.
2064 vim_is_ctrl_x_key(c)
2065 int c;
2067 /* Always allow ^R - let it's results then be checked */
2068 if (c == Ctrl_R)
2069 return TRUE;
2071 /* Accept <PageUp> and <PageDown> if the popup menu is visible. */
2072 if (ins_compl_pum_key(c))
2073 return TRUE;
2075 switch (ctrl_x_mode)
2077 case 0: /* Not in any CTRL-X mode */
2078 return (c == Ctrl_N || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_X);
2079 case CTRL_X_NOT_DEFINED_YET:
2080 return ( c == Ctrl_X || c == Ctrl_Y || c == Ctrl_E
2081 || c == Ctrl_L || c == Ctrl_F || c == Ctrl_RSB
2082 || c == Ctrl_I || c == Ctrl_D || c == Ctrl_P
2083 || c == Ctrl_N || c == Ctrl_T || c == Ctrl_V
2084 || c == Ctrl_Q || c == Ctrl_U || c == Ctrl_O
2085 || c == Ctrl_S || c == 's');
2086 case CTRL_X_SCROLL:
2087 return (c == Ctrl_Y || c == Ctrl_E);
2088 case CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE:
2089 return (c == Ctrl_L || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N);
2090 case CTRL_X_FILES:
2091 return (c == Ctrl_F || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N);
2092 case CTRL_X_DICTIONARY:
2093 return (c == Ctrl_K || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N);
2094 case CTRL_X_THESAURUS:
2095 return (c == Ctrl_T || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N);
2096 case CTRL_X_TAGS:
2097 return (c == Ctrl_RSB || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N);
2098 #ifdef FEAT_FIND_ID
2099 case CTRL_X_PATH_PATTERNS:
2100 return (c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N);
2101 case CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES:
2102 return (c == Ctrl_D || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N);
2103 #endif
2104 case CTRL_X_CMDLINE:
2105 return (c == Ctrl_V || c == Ctrl_Q || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N
2106 || c == Ctrl_X);
2107 #ifdef FEAT_COMPL_FUNC
2108 case CTRL_X_FUNCTION:
2109 return (c == Ctrl_U || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N);
2110 case CTRL_X_OMNI:
2111 return (c == Ctrl_O || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N);
2112 #endif
2113 case CTRL_X_SPELL:
2114 return (c == Ctrl_S || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N);
2116 EMSG(_(e_internal));
2117 return FALSE;
2121 * Return TRUE when character "c" is part of the item currently being
2122 * completed. Used to decide whether to abandon complete mode when the menu
2123 * is visible.
2125 static int
2126 ins_compl_accept_char(c)
2127 int c;
2129 if (ctrl_x_mode & CTRL_X_WANT_IDENT)
2130 /* When expanding an identifier only accept identifier chars. */
2131 return vim_isIDc(c);
2133 switch (ctrl_x_mode)
2135 case CTRL_X_FILES:
2136 /* When expanding file name only accept file name chars. But not
2137 * path separators, so that "proto/<Tab>" expands files in
2138 * "proto", not "proto/" as a whole */
2139 return vim_isfilec(c) && !vim_ispathsep(c);
2141 case CTRL_X_CMDLINE:
2142 case CTRL_X_OMNI:
2143 /* Command line and Omni completion can work with just about any
2144 * printable character, but do stop at white space. */
2145 return vim_isprintc(c) && !vim_iswhite(c);
2147 case CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE:
2148 /* For while line completion a space can be part of the line. */
2149 return vim_isprintc(c);
2151 return vim_iswordc(c);
2155 * This is like ins_compl_add(), but if 'ic' and 'inf' are set, then the
2156 * case of the originally typed text is used, and the case of the completed
2157 * text is inferred, ie this tries to work out what case you probably wanted
2158 * the rest of the word to be in -- webb
2161 ins_compl_add_infercase(str, len, icase, fname, dir, flags)
2162 char_u *str;
2163 int len;
2164 int icase;
2165 char_u *fname;
2166 int dir;
2167 int flags;
2169 char_u *p;
2170 int i, c;
2171 int actual_len; /* Take multi-byte characters */
2172 int actual_compl_length; /* into account. */
2173 int *wca; /* Wide character array. */
2174 int has_lower = FALSE;
2175 int was_letter = FALSE;
2177 if (p_ic && curbuf->b_p_inf && len > 0)
2179 /* Infer case of completed part. */
2181 /* Find actual length of completion. */
2182 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
2183 if (has_mbyte)
2185 p = str;
2186 actual_len = 0;
2187 while (*p != NUL)
2189 mb_ptr_adv(p);
2190 ++actual_len;
2193 else
2194 #endif
2195 actual_len = len;
2197 /* Find actual length of original text. */
2198 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
2199 if (has_mbyte)
2201 p = compl_orig_text;
2202 actual_compl_length = 0;
2203 while (*p != NUL)
2205 mb_ptr_adv(p);
2206 ++actual_compl_length;
2209 else
2210 #endif
2211 actual_compl_length = compl_length;
2213 /* Allocate wide character array for the completion and fill it. */
2214 wca = (int *)alloc((unsigned)(actual_len * sizeof(int)));
2215 if (wca != NULL)
2217 p = str;
2218 for (i = 0; i < actual_len; ++i)
2219 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
2220 if (has_mbyte)
2221 wca[i] = mb_ptr2char_adv(&p);
2222 else
2223 #endif
2224 wca[i] = *(p++);
2226 /* Rule 1: Were any chars converted to lower? */
2227 p = compl_orig_text;
2228 for (i = 0; i < actual_compl_length; ++i)
2230 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
2231 if (has_mbyte)
2232 c = mb_ptr2char_adv(&p);
2233 else
2234 #endif
2235 c = *(p++);
2236 if (MB_ISLOWER(c))
2238 has_lower = TRUE;
2239 if (MB_ISUPPER(wca[i]))
2241 /* Rule 1 is satisfied. */
2242 for (i = actual_compl_length; i < actual_len; ++i)
2243 wca[i] = MB_TOLOWER(wca[i]);
2244 break;
2250 * Rule 2: No lower case, 2nd consecutive letter converted to
2251 * upper case.
2253 if (!has_lower)
2255 p = compl_orig_text;
2256 for (i = 0; i < actual_compl_length; ++i)
2258 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
2259 if (has_mbyte)
2260 c = mb_ptr2char_adv(&p);
2261 else
2262 #endif
2263 c = *(p++);
2264 if (was_letter && MB_ISUPPER(c) && MB_ISLOWER(wca[i]))
2266 /* Rule 2 is satisfied. */
2267 for (i = actual_compl_length; i < actual_len; ++i)
2268 wca[i] = MB_TOUPPER(wca[i]);
2269 break;
2271 was_letter = MB_ISLOWER(c) || MB_ISUPPER(c);
2275 /* Copy the original case of the part we typed. */
2276 p = compl_orig_text;
2277 for (i = 0; i < actual_compl_length; ++i)
2279 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
2280 if (has_mbyte)
2281 c = mb_ptr2char_adv(&p);
2282 else
2283 #endif
2284 c = *(p++);
2285 if (MB_ISLOWER(c))
2286 wca[i] = MB_TOLOWER(wca[i]);
2287 else if (MB_ISUPPER(c))
2288 wca[i] = MB_TOUPPER(wca[i]);
2292 * Generate encoding specific output from wide character array.
2293 * Multi-byte characters can occupy up to five bytes more than
2294 * ASCII characters, and we also need one byte for NUL, so stay
2295 * six bytes away from the edge of IObuff.
2297 p = IObuff;
2298 i = 0;
2299 while (i < actual_len && (p - IObuff + 6) < IOSIZE)
2300 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
2301 if (has_mbyte)
2302 p += (*mb_char2bytes)(wca[i++], p);
2303 else
2304 #endif
2305 *(p++) = wca[i++];
2306 *p = NUL;
2308 vim_free(wca);
2311 return ins_compl_add(IObuff, len, icase, fname, NULL, dir,
2312 flags, FALSE);
2314 return ins_compl_add(str, len, icase, fname, NULL, dir, flags, FALSE);
2318 * Add a match to the list of matches.
2319 * If the given string is already in the list of completions, then return
2320 * NOTDONE, otherwise add it to the list and return OK. If there is an error,
2321 * maybe because alloc() returns NULL, then FAIL is returned.
2323 static int
2324 ins_compl_add(str, len, icase, fname, cptext, cdir, flags, adup)
2325 char_u *str;
2326 int len;
2327 int icase;
2328 char_u *fname;
2329 char_u **cptext; /* extra text for popup menu or NULL */
2330 int cdir;
2331 int flags;
2332 int adup; /* accept duplicate match */
2334 compl_T *match;
2335 int dir = (cdir == 0 ? compl_direction : cdir);
2337 ui_breakcheck();
2338 if (got_int)
2339 return FAIL;
2340 if (len < 0)
2341 len = (int)STRLEN(str);
2344 * If the same match is already present, don't add it.
2346 if (compl_first_match != NULL && !adup)
2348 match = compl_first_match;
2351 if ( !(match->cp_flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT)
2352 && STRNCMP(match->cp_str, str, len) == 0
2353 && match->cp_str[len] == NUL)
2354 return NOTDONE;
2355 match = match->cp_next;
2356 } while (match != NULL && match != compl_first_match);
2359 /* Remove any popup menu before changing the list of matches. */
2360 ins_compl_del_pum();
2363 * Allocate a new match structure.
2364 * Copy the values to the new match structure.
2366 match = (compl_T *)alloc_clear((unsigned)sizeof(compl_T));
2367 if (match == NULL)
2368 return FAIL;
2369 match->cp_number = -1;
2370 if (flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT)
2371 match->cp_number = 0;
2372 if ((match->cp_str = vim_strnsave(str, len)) == NULL)
2374 vim_free(match);
2375 return FAIL;
2377 match->cp_icase = icase;
2379 /* match-fname is:
2380 * - compl_curr_match->cp_fname if it is a string equal to fname.
2381 * - a copy of fname, FREE_FNAME is set to free later THE allocated mem.
2382 * - NULL otherwise. --Acevedo */
2383 if (fname != NULL
2384 && compl_curr_match != NULL
2385 && compl_curr_match->cp_fname != NULL
2386 && STRCMP(fname, compl_curr_match->cp_fname) == 0)
2387 match->cp_fname = compl_curr_match->cp_fname;
2388 else if (fname != NULL)
2390 match->cp_fname = vim_strsave(fname);
2391 flags |= FREE_FNAME;
2393 else
2394 match->cp_fname = NULL;
2395 match->cp_flags = flags;
2397 if (cptext != NULL)
2399 int i;
2401 for (i = 0; i < CPT_COUNT; ++i)
2402 if (cptext[i] != NULL && *cptext[i] != NUL)
2403 match->cp_text[i] = vim_strsave(cptext[i]);
2407 * Link the new match structure in the list of matches.
2409 if (compl_first_match == NULL)
2410 match->cp_next = match->cp_prev = NULL;
2411 else if (dir == FORWARD)
2413 match->cp_next = compl_curr_match->cp_next;
2414 match->cp_prev = compl_curr_match;
2416 else /* BACKWARD */
2418 match->cp_next = compl_curr_match;
2419 match->cp_prev = compl_curr_match->cp_prev;
2421 if (match->cp_next)
2422 match->cp_next->cp_prev = match;
2423 if (match->cp_prev)
2424 match->cp_prev->cp_next = match;
2425 else /* if there's nothing before, it is the first match */
2426 compl_first_match = match;
2427 compl_curr_match = match;
2430 * Find the longest common string if still doing that.
2432 if (compl_get_longest && (flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT) == 0)
2433 ins_compl_longest_match(match);
2435 return OK;
2439 * Return TRUE if "str[len]" matches with match->cp_str, considering
2440 * match->cp_icase.
2442 static int
2443 ins_compl_equal(match, str, len)
2444 compl_T *match;
2445 char_u *str;
2446 int len;
2448 if (match->cp_icase)
2449 return STRNICMP(match->cp_str, str, (size_t)len) == 0;
2450 return STRNCMP(match->cp_str, str, (size_t)len) == 0;
2454 * Reduce the longest common string for match "match".
2456 static void
2457 ins_compl_longest_match(match)
2458 compl_T *match;
2460 char_u *p, *s;
2461 int c1, c2;
2462 int had_match;
2464 if (compl_leader == NULL)
2466 /* First match, use it as a whole. */
2467 compl_leader = vim_strsave(match->cp_str);
2468 if (compl_leader != NULL)
2470 had_match = (curwin->w_cursor.col > compl_col);
2471 ins_compl_delete();
2472 ins_bytes(compl_leader + ins_compl_len());
2473 ins_redraw(FALSE);
2475 /* When the match isn't there (to avoid matching itself) remove it
2476 * again after redrawing. */
2477 if (!had_match)
2478 ins_compl_delete();
2479 compl_used_match = FALSE;
2482 else
2484 /* Reduce the text if this match differs from compl_leader. */
2485 p = compl_leader;
2486 s = match->cp_str;
2487 while (*p != NUL)
2489 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
2490 if (has_mbyte)
2492 c1 = mb_ptr2char(p);
2493 c2 = mb_ptr2char(s);
2495 else
2496 #endif
2498 c1 = *p;
2499 c2 = *s;
2501 if (match->cp_icase ? (MB_TOLOWER(c1) != MB_TOLOWER(c2))
2502 : (c1 != c2))
2503 break;
2504 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
2505 if (has_mbyte)
2507 mb_ptr_adv(p);
2508 mb_ptr_adv(s);
2510 else
2511 #endif
2513 ++p;
2514 ++s;
2518 if (*p != NUL)
2520 /* Leader was shortened, need to change the inserted text. */
2521 *p = NUL;
2522 had_match = (curwin->w_cursor.col > compl_col);
2523 ins_compl_delete();
2524 ins_bytes(compl_leader + ins_compl_len());
2525 ins_redraw(FALSE);
2527 /* When the match isn't there (to avoid matching itself) remove it
2528 * again after redrawing. */
2529 if (!had_match)
2530 ins_compl_delete();
2533 compl_used_match = FALSE;
2538 * Add an array of matches to the list of matches.
2539 * Frees matches[].
2541 static void
2542 ins_compl_add_matches(num_matches, matches, icase)
2543 int num_matches;
2544 char_u **matches;
2545 int icase;
2547 int i;
2548 int add_r = OK;
2549 int dir = compl_direction;
2551 for (i = 0; i < num_matches && add_r != FAIL; i++)
2552 if ((add_r = ins_compl_add(matches[i], -1, icase,
2553 NULL, NULL, dir, 0, FALSE)) == OK)
2554 /* if dir was BACKWARD then honor it just once */
2555 dir = FORWARD;
2556 FreeWild(num_matches, matches);
2559 /* Make the completion list cyclic.
2560 * Return the number of matches (excluding the original).
2562 static int
2563 ins_compl_make_cyclic()
2565 compl_T *match;
2566 int count = 0;
2568 if (compl_first_match != NULL)
2571 * Find the end of the list.
2573 match = compl_first_match;
2574 /* there's always an entry for the compl_orig_text, it doesn't count. */
2575 while (match->cp_next != NULL && match->cp_next != compl_first_match)
2577 match = match->cp_next;
2578 ++count;
2580 match->cp_next = compl_first_match;
2581 compl_first_match->cp_prev = match;
2583 return count;
2587 * Start completion for the complete() function.
2588 * "startcol" is where the matched text starts (1 is first column).
2589 * "list" is the list of matches.
2591 void
2592 set_completion(startcol, list)
2593 colnr_T startcol;
2594 list_T *list;
2596 /* If already doing completions stop it. */
2597 if (ctrl_x_mode != 0)
2598 ins_compl_prep(' ');
2599 ins_compl_clear();
2601 if (stop_arrow() == FAIL)
2602 return;
2604 if (startcol > curwin->w_cursor.col)
2605 startcol = curwin->w_cursor.col;
2606 compl_col = startcol;
2607 compl_length = (int)curwin->w_cursor.col - (int)startcol;
2608 /* compl_pattern doesn't need to be set */
2609 compl_orig_text = vim_strnsave(ml_get_curline() + compl_col, compl_length);
2610 if (compl_orig_text == NULL || ins_compl_add(compl_orig_text,
2611 -1, p_ic, NULL, NULL, 0, ORIGINAL_TEXT, FALSE) != OK)
2612 return;
2614 /* Handle like dictionary completion. */
2615 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE;
2617 ins_compl_add_list(list);
2618 compl_matches = ins_compl_make_cyclic();
2619 compl_started = TRUE;
2620 compl_used_match = TRUE;
2621 compl_cont_status = 0;
2623 compl_curr_match = compl_first_match;
2624 ins_complete(Ctrl_N);
2625 out_flush();
2629 /* "compl_match_array" points the currently displayed list of entries in the
2630 * popup menu. It is NULL when there is no popup menu. */
2631 static pumitem_T *compl_match_array = NULL;
2632 static int compl_match_arraysize;
2635 * Update the screen and when there is any scrolling remove the popup menu.
2637 static void
2638 ins_compl_upd_pum()
2640 int h;
2642 if (compl_match_array != NULL)
2644 h = curwin->w_cline_height;
2645 update_screen(0);
2646 if (h != curwin->w_cline_height)
2647 ins_compl_del_pum();
2652 * Remove any popup menu.
2654 static void
2655 ins_compl_del_pum()
2657 if (compl_match_array != NULL)
2659 pum_undisplay();
2660 vim_free(compl_match_array);
2661 compl_match_array = NULL;
2666 * Return TRUE if the popup menu should be displayed.
2668 static int
2669 pum_wanted()
2671 /* 'completeopt' must contain "menu" or "menuone" */
2672 if (vim_strchr(p_cot, 'm') == NULL)
2673 return FALSE;
2675 /* The display looks bad on a B&W display. */
2676 if (t_colors < 8
2677 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
2678 && !gui.in_use
2679 #endif
2681 return FALSE;
2682 return TRUE;
2686 * Return TRUE if there are two or more matches to be shown in the popup menu.
2687 * One if 'completopt' contains "menuone".
2689 static int
2690 pum_enough_matches()
2692 compl_T *compl;
2693 int i;
2695 /* Don't display the popup menu if there are no matches or there is only
2696 * one (ignoring the original text). */
2697 compl = compl_first_match;
2698 i = 0;
2701 if (compl == NULL
2702 || ((compl->cp_flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT) == 0 && ++i == 2))
2703 break;
2704 compl = compl->cp_next;
2705 } while (compl != compl_first_match);
2707 if (strstr((char *)p_cot, "menuone") != NULL)
2708 return (i >= 1);
2709 return (i >= 2);
2713 * Show the popup menu for the list of matches.
2714 * Also adjusts "compl_shown_match" to an entry that is actually displayed.
2716 void
2717 ins_compl_show_pum()
2719 compl_T *compl;
2720 compl_T *shown_compl = NULL;
2721 int did_find_shown_match = FALSE;
2722 int shown_match_ok = FALSE;
2723 int i;
2724 int cur = -1;
2725 colnr_T col;
2726 int lead_len = 0;
2728 if (!pum_wanted() || !pum_enough_matches())
2729 return;
2731 #if defined(FEAT_EVAL)
2732 /* Dirty hard-coded hack: remove any matchparen highlighting. */
2733 do_cmdline_cmd((char_u *)"if exists('g:loaded_matchparen')|3match none|endif");
2734 #endif
2736 /* Update the screen before drawing the popup menu over it. */
2737 update_screen(0);
2739 if (compl_match_array == NULL)
2741 /* Need to build the popup menu list. */
2742 compl_match_arraysize = 0;
2743 compl = compl_first_match;
2744 if (compl_leader != NULL)
2745 lead_len = (int)STRLEN(compl_leader);
2748 if ((compl->cp_flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT) == 0
2749 && (compl_leader == NULL
2750 || ins_compl_equal(compl, compl_leader, lead_len)))
2751 ++compl_match_arraysize;
2752 compl = compl->cp_next;
2753 } while (compl != NULL && compl != compl_first_match);
2754 if (compl_match_arraysize == 0)
2755 return;
2756 compl_match_array = (pumitem_T *)alloc_clear(
2757 (unsigned)(sizeof(pumitem_T)
2758 * compl_match_arraysize));
2759 if (compl_match_array != NULL)
2761 /* If the current match is the original text don't find the first
2762 * match after it, don't highlight anything. */
2763 if (compl_shown_match->cp_flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT)
2764 shown_match_ok = TRUE;
2766 i = 0;
2767 compl = compl_first_match;
2770 if ((compl->cp_flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT) == 0
2771 && (compl_leader == NULL
2772 || ins_compl_equal(compl, compl_leader, lead_len)))
2774 if (!shown_match_ok)
2776 if (compl == compl_shown_match || did_find_shown_match)
2778 /* This item is the shown match or this is the
2779 * first displayed item after the shown match. */
2780 compl_shown_match = compl;
2781 did_find_shown_match = TRUE;
2782 shown_match_ok = TRUE;
2784 else
2785 /* Remember this displayed match for when the
2786 * shown match is just below it. */
2787 shown_compl = compl;
2788 cur = i;
2791 if (compl->cp_text[CPT_ABBR] != NULL)
2792 compl_match_array[i].pum_text =
2793 compl->cp_text[CPT_ABBR];
2794 else
2795 compl_match_array[i].pum_text = compl->cp_str;
2796 compl_match_array[i].pum_kind = compl->cp_text[CPT_KIND];
2797 compl_match_array[i].pum_info = compl->cp_text[CPT_INFO];
2798 if (compl->cp_text[CPT_MENU] != NULL)
2799 compl_match_array[i++].pum_extra =
2800 compl->cp_text[CPT_MENU];
2801 else
2802 compl_match_array[i++].pum_extra = compl->cp_fname;
2805 if (compl == compl_shown_match)
2807 did_find_shown_match = TRUE;
2809 /* When the original text is the shown match don't set
2810 * compl_shown_match. */
2811 if (compl->cp_flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT)
2812 shown_match_ok = TRUE;
2814 if (!shown_match_ok && shown_compl != NULL)
2816 /* The shown match isn't displayed, set it to the
2817 * previously displayed match. */
2818 compl_shown_match = shown_compl;
2819 shown_match_ok = TRUE;
2822 compl = compl->cp_next;
2823 } while (compl != NULL && compl != compl_first_match);
2825 if (!shown_match_ok) /* no displayed match at all */
2826 cur = -1;
2829 else
2831 /* popup menu already exists, only need to find the current item.*/
2832 for (i = 0; i < compl_match_arraysize; ++i)
2833 if (compl_match_array[i].pum_text == compl_shown_match->cp_str
2834 || compl_match_array[i].pum_text
2835 == compl_shown_match->cp_text[CPT_ABBR])
2837 cur = i;
2838 break;
2842 if (compl_match_array != NULL)
2844 /* Compute the screen column of the start of the completed text.
2845 * Use the cursor to get all wrapping and other settings right. */
2846 col = curwin->w_cursor.col;
2847 curwin->w_cursor.col = compl_col;
2848 pum_display(compl_match_array, compl_match_arraysize, cur);
2849 curwin->w_cursor.col = col;
2853 #define DICT_FIRST (1) /* use just first element in "dict" */
2854 #define DICT_EXACT (2) /* "dict" is the exact name of a file */
2857 * Add any identifiers that match the given pattern in the list of dictionary
2858 * files "dict_start" to the list of completions.
2860 static void
2861 ins_compl_dictionaries(dict_start, pat, flags, thesaurus)
2862 char_u *dict_start;
2863 char_u *pat;
2864 int flags; /* DICT_FIRST and/or DICT_EXACT */
2865 int thesaurus; /* Thesaurus completion */
2867 char_u *dict = dict_start;
2868 char_u *ptr;
2869 char_u *buf;
2870 regmatch_T regmatch;
2871 char_u **files;
2872 int count;
2873 int save_p_scs;
2874 int dir = compl_direction;
2876 if (*dict == NUL)
2878 #ifdef FEAT_SPELL
2879 /* When 'dictionary' is empty and spell checking is enabled use
2880 * "spell". */
2881 if (!thesaurus && curwin->w_p_spell)
2882 dict = (char_u *)"spell";
2883 else
2884 #endif
2885 return;
2888 buf = alloc(LSIZE);
2889 if (buf == NULL)
2890 return;
2891 regmatch.regprog = NULL; /* so that we can goto theend */
2893 /* If 'infercase' is set, don't use 'smartcase' here */
2894 save_p_scs = p_scs;
2895 if (curbuf->b_p_inf)
2896 p_scs = FALSE;
2898 /* When invoked to match whole lines for CTRL-X CTRL-L adjust the pattern
2899 * to only match at the start of a line. Otherwise just match the
2900 * pattern. Also need to double backslashes. */
2901 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE)
2903 char_u *pat_esc = vim_strsave_escaped(pat, (char_u *)"\\");
2904 size_t len;
2906 if (pat_esc == NULL)
2907 goto theend;
2908 len = STRLEN(pat_esc) + 10;
2909 ptr = alloc((unsigned)len);
2910 if (ptr == NULL)
2912 vim_free(pat_esc);
2913 goto theend;
2915 vim_snprintf((char *)ptr, len, "^\\s*\\zs\\V%s", pat_esc);
2916 regmatch.regprog = vim_regcomp(ptr, RE_MAGIC);
2917 vim_free(pat_esc);
2918 vim_free(ptr);
2920 else
2922 regmatch.regprog = vim_regcomp(pat, p_magic ? RE_MAGIC : 0);
2923 if (regmatch.regprog == NULL)
2924 goto theend;
2927 /* ignore case depends on 'ignorecase', 'smartcase' and "pat" */
2928 regmatch.rm_ic = ignorecase(pat);
2929 while (*dict != NUL && !got_int && !compl_interrupted)
2931 /* copy one dictionary file name into buf */
2932 if (flags == DICT_EXACT)
2934 count = 1;
2935 files = &dict;
2937 else
2939 /* Expand wildcards in the dictionary name, but do not allow
2940 * backticks (for security, the 'dict' option may have been set in
2941 * a modeline). */
2942 copy_option_part(&dict, buf, LSIZE, ",");
2943 # ifdef FEAT_SPELL
2944 if (!thesaurus && STRCMP(buf, "spell") == 0)
2945 count = -1;
2946 else
2947 # endif
2948 if (vim_strchr(buf, '`') != NULL
2949 || expand_wildcards(1, &buf, &count, &files,
2950 EW_FILE|EW_SILENT) != OK)
2951 count = 0;
2954 # ifdef FEAT_SPELL
2955 if (count == -1)
2957 /* Complete from active spelling. Skip "\<" in the pattern, we
2958 * don't use it as a RE. */
2959 if (pat[0] == '\\' && pat[1] == '<')
2960 ptr = pat + 2;
2961 else
2962 ptr = pat;
2963 spell_dump_compl(curbuf, ptr, regmatch.rm_ic, &dir, 0);
2965 else
2966 # endif
2967 if (count > 0) /* avoid warning for using "files" uninit */
2969 ins_compl_files(count, files, thesaurus, flags,
2970 &regmatch, buf, &dir);
2971 if (flags != DICT_EXACT)
2972 FreeWild(count, files);
2974 if (flags != 0)
2975 break;
2978 theend:
2979 p_scs = save_p_scs;
2980 vim_free(regmatch.regprog);
2981 vim_free(buf);
2984 static void
2985 ins_compl_files(count, files, thesaurus, flags, regmatch, buf, dir)
2986 int count;
2987 char_u **files;
2988 int thesaurus;
2989 int flags;
2990 regmatch_T *regmatch;
2991 char_u *buf;
2992 int *dir;
2994 char_u *ptr;
2995 int i;
2996 FILE *fp;
2997 int add_r;
2999 for (i = 0; i < count && !got_int && !compl_interrupted; i++)
3001 fp = mch_fopen((char *)files[i], "r"); /* open dictionary file */
3002 if (flags != DICT_EXACT)
3004 vim_snprintf((char *)IObuff, IOSIZE,
3005 _("Scanning dictionary: %s"), (char *)files[i]);
3006 (void)msg_trunc_attr(IObuff, TRUE, hl_attr(HLF_R));
3009 if (fp != NULL)
3012 * Read dictionary file line by line.
3013 * Check each line for a match.
3015 while (!got_int && !compl_interrupted
3016 && !vim_fgets(buf, LSIZE, fp))
3018 ptr = buf;
3019 while (vim_regexec(regmatch, buf, (colnr_T)(ptr - buf)))
3021 ptr = regmatch->startp[0];
3022 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE)
3023 ptr = find_line_end(ptr);
3024 else
3025 ptr = find_word_end(ptr);
3026 add_r = ins_compl_add_infercase(regmatch->startp[0],
3027 (int)(ptr - regmatch->startp[0]),
3028 p_ic, files[i], *dir, 0);
3029 if (thesaurus)
3031 char_u *wstart;
3034 * Add the other matches on the line
3036 ptr = buf;
3037 while (!got_int)
3039 /* Find start of the next word. Skip white
3040 * space and punctuation. */
3041 ptr = find_word_start(ptr);
3042 if (*ptr == NUL || *ptr == NL)
3043 break;
3044 wstart = ptr;
3046 /* Find end of the word. */
3047 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
3048 if (has_mbyte)
3049 /* Japanese words may have characters in
3050 * different classes, only separate words
3051 * with single-byte non-word characters. */
3052 while (*ptr != NUL)
3054 int l = (*mb_ptr2len)(ptr);
3056 if (l < 2 && !vim_iswordc(*ptr))
3057 break;
3058 ptr += l;
3060 else
3061 #endif
3062 ptr = find_word_end(ptr);
3064 /* Add the word. Skip the regexp match. */
3065 if (wstart != regmatch->startp[0])
3066 add_r = ins_compl_add_infercase(wstart,
3067 (int)(ptr - wstart),
3068 p_ic, files[i], *dir, 0);
3071 if (add_r == OK)
3072 /* if dir was BACKWARD then honor it just once */
3073 *dir = FORWARD;
3074 else if (add_r == FAIL)
3075 break;
3076 /* avoid expensive call to vim_regexec() when at end
3077 * of line */
3078 if (*ptr == '\n' || got_int)
3079 break;
3081 line_breakcheck();
3082 ins_compl_check_keys(50);
3084 fclose(fp);
3090 * Find the start of the next word.
3091 * Returns a pointer to the first char of the word. Also stops at a NUL.
3093 char_u *
3094 find_word_start(ptr)
3095 char_u *ptr;
3097 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
3098 if (has_mbyte)
3099 while (*ptr != NUL && *ptr != '\n' && mb_get_class(ptr) <= 1)
3100 ptr += (*mb_ptr2len)(ptr);
3101 else
3102 #endif
3103 while (*ptr != NUL && *ptr != '\n' && !vim_iswordc(*ptr))
3104 ++ptr;
3105 return ptr;
3109 * Find the end of the word. Assumes it starts inside a word.
3110 * Returns a pointer to just after the word.
3112 char_u *
3113 find_word_end(ptr)
3114 char_u *ptr;
3116 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
3117 int start_class;
3119 if (has_mbyte)
3121 start_class = mb_get_class(ptr);
3122 if (start_class > 1)
3123 while (*ptr != NUL)
3125 ptr += (*mb_ptr2len)(ptr);
3126 if (mb_get_class(ptr) != start_class)
3127 break;
3130 else
3131 #endif
3132 while (vim_iswordc(*ptr))
3133 ++ptr;
3134 return ptr;
3138 * Find the end of the line, omitting CR and NL at the end.
3139 * Returns a pointer to just after the line.
3141 static char_u *
3142 find_line_end(ptr)
3143 char_u *ptr;
3145 char_u *s;
3147 s = ptr + STRLEN(ptr);
3148 while (s > ptr && (s[-1] == CAR || s[-1] == NL))
3149 --s;
3150 return s;
3154 * Free the list of completions
3156 static void
3157 ins_compl_free()
3159 compl_T *match;
3160 int i;
3162 vim_free(compl_pattern);
3163 compl_pattern = NULL;
3164 vim_free(compl_leader);
3165 compl_leader = NULL;
3167 if (compl_first_match == NULL)
3168 return;
3170 ins_compl_del_pum();
3171 pum_clear();
3173 compl_curr_match = compl_first_match;
3176 match = compl_curr_match;
3177 compl_curr_match = compl_curr_match->cp_next;
3178 vim_free(match->cp_str);
3179 /* several entries may use the same fname, free it just once. */
3180 if (match->cp_flags & FREE_FNAME)
3181 vim_free(match->cp_fname);
3182 for (i = 0; i < CPT_COUNT; ++i)
3183 vim_free(match->cp_text[i]);
3184 vim_free(match);
3185 } while (compl_curr_match != NULL && compl_curr_match != compl_first_match);
3186 compl_first_match = compl_curr_match = NULL;
3187 compl_shown_match = NULL;
3190 static void
3191 ins_compl_clear()
3193 compl_cont_status = 0;
3194 compl_started = FALSE;
3195 compl_matches = 0;
3196 vim_free(compl_pattern);
3197 compl_pattern = NULL;
3198 vim_free(compl_leader);
3199 compl_leader = NULL;
3200 edit_submode_extra = NULL;
3201 vim_free(compl_orig_text);
3202 compl_orig_text = NULL;
3203 compl_enter_selects = FALSE;
3207 * Return TRUE when Insert completion is active.
3210 ins_compl_active()
3212 return compl_started;
3216 * Delete one character before the cursor and show the subset of the matches
3217 * that match the word that is now before the cursor.
3218 * Returns the character to be used, NUL if the work is done and another char
3219 * to be got from the user.
3221 static int
3222 ins_compl_bs()
3224 char_u *line;
3225 char_u *p;
3227 line = ml_get_curline();
3228 p = line + curwin->w_cursor.col;
3229 mb_ptr_back(line, p);
3231 /* Stop completion when the whole word was deleted. For Omni completion
3232 * allow the word to be deleted, we won't match everything. */
3233 if ((int)(p - line) - (int)compl_col < 0
3234 || ((int)(p - line) - (int)compl_col == 0
3235 && (ctrl_x_mode & CTRL_X_OMNI) == 0))
3236 return K_BS;
3238 /* Deleted more than what was used to find matches or didn't finish
3239 * finding all matches: need to look for matches all over again. */
3240 if (curwin->w_cursor.col <= compl_col + compl_length
3241 || compl_was_interrupted)
3242 ins_compl_restart();
3244 vim_free(compl_leader);
3245 compl_leader = vim_strnsave(line + compl_col, (int)(p - line) - compl_col);
3246 if (compl_leader != NULL)
3248 ins_compl_new_leader();
3249 return NUL;
3251 return K_BS;
3255 * Called after changing "compl_leader".
3256 * Show the popup menu with a different set of matches.
3257 * May also search for matches again if the previous search was interrupted.
3259 static void
3260 ins_compl_new_leader()
3262 ins_compl_del_pum();
3263 ins_compl_delete();
3264 ins_bytes(compl_leader + ins_compl_len());
3265 compl_used_match = FALSE;
3267 if (compl_started)
3268 ins_compl_set_original_text(compl_leader);
3269 else
3271 #ifdef FEAT_SPELL
3272 spell_bad_len = 0; /* need to redetect bad word */
3273 #endif
3275 * Matches were cleared, need to search for them now. First display
3276 * the changed text before the cursor. Set "compl_restarting" to
3277 * avoid that the first match is inserted.
3279 update_screen(0);
3280 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
3281 if (gui.in_use)
3283 /* Show the cursor after the match, not after the redrawn text. */
3284 setcursor();
3285 out_flush();
3286 gui_update_cursor(FALSE, FALSE);
3288 #endif
3289 compl_restarting = TRUE;
3290 if (ins_complete(Ctrl_N) == FAIL)
3291 compl_cont_status = 0;
3292 compl_restarting = FALSE;
3295 #if 0 /* disabled, made CTRL-L, BS and typing char jump to original text. */
3296 if (!compl_used_match)
3298 /* Go to the original text, since none of the matches is inserted. */
3299 if (compl_first_match->cp_prev != NULL
3300 && (compl_first_match->cp_prev->cp_flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT))
3301 compl_shown_match = compl_first_match->cp_prev;
3302 else
3303 compl_shown_match = compl_first_match;
3304 compl_curr_match = compl_shown_match;
3305 compl_shows_dir = compl_direction;
3307 #endif
3308 compl_enter_selects = !compl_used_match;
3310 /* Show the popup menu with a different set of matches. */
3311 ins_compl_show_pum();
3313 /* Don't let Enter select the original text when there is no popup menu. */
3314 if (compl_match_array == NULL)
3315 compl_enter_selects = FALSE;
3319 * Return the length of the completion, from the completion start column to
3320 * the cursor column. Making sure it never goes below zero.
3322 static int
3323 ins_compl_len()
3325 int off = (int)curwin->w_cursor.col - (int)compl_col;
3327 if (off < 0)
3328 return 0;
3329 return off;
3333 * Append one character to the match leader. May reduce the number of
3334 * matches.
3336 static void
3337 ins_compl_addleader(c)
3338 int c;
3340 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
3341 int cc;
3343 if (has_mbyte && (cc = (*mb_char2len)(c)) > 1)
3345 char_u buf[MB_MAXBYTES + 1];
3347 (*mb_char2bytes)(c, buf);
3348 buf[cc] = NUL;
3349 ins_char_bytes(buf, cc);
3351 else
3352 #endif
3353 ins_char(c);
3355 /* If we didn't complete finding matches we must search again. */
3356 if (compl_was_interrupted)
3357 ins_compl_restart();
3359 vim_free(compl_leader);
3360 compl_leader = vim_strnsave(ml_get_curline() + compl_col,
3361 (int)(curwin->w_cursor.col - compl_col));
3362 if (compl_leader != NULL)
3363 ins_compl_new_leader();
3367 * Setup for finding completions again without leaving CTRL-X mode. Used when
3368 * BS or a key was typed while still searching for matches.
3370 static void
3371 ins_compl_restart()
3373 ins_compl_free();
3374 compl_started = FALSE;
3375 compl_matches = 0;
3376 compl_cont_status = 0;
3377 compl_cont_mode = 0;
3381 * Set the first match, the original text.
3383 static void
3384 ins_compl_set_original_text(str)
3385 char_u *str;
3387 char_u *p;
3389 /* Replace the original text entry. */
3390 if (compl_first_match->cp_flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT) /* safety check */
3392 p = vim_strsave(str);
3393 if (p != NULL)
3395 vim_free(compl_first_match->cp_str);
3396 compl_first_match->cp_str = p;
3402 * Append one character to the match leader. May reduce the number of
3403 * matches.
3405 static void
3406 ins_compl_addfrommatch()
3408 char_u *p;
3409 int len = (int)curwin->w_cursor.col - (int)compl_col;
3410 int c;
3411 compl_T *cp;
3413 p = compl_shown_match->cp_str;
3414 if ((int)STRLEN(p) <= len) /* the match is too short */
3416 /* When still at the original match use the first entry that matches
3417 * the leader. */
3418 if (compl_shown_match->cp_flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT)
3420 p = NULL;
3421 for (cp = compl_shown_match->cp_next; cp != NULL
3422 && cp != compl_first_match; cp = cp->cp_next)
3424 if (compl_leader == NULL
3425 || ins_compl_equal(cp, compl_leader,
3426 (int)STRLEN(compl_leader)))
3428 p = cp->cp_str;
3429 break;
3432 if (p == NULL || (int)STRLEN(p) <= len)
3433 return;
3435 else
3436 return;
3438 p += len;
3439 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
3440 c = mb_ptr2char(p);
3441 #else
3442 c = *p;
3443 #endif
3444 ins_compl_addleader(c);
3448 * Prepare for Insert mode completion, or stop it.
3449 * Called just after typing a character in Insert mode.
3450 * Returns TRUE when the character is not to be inserted;
3452 static int
3453 ins_compl_prep(c)
3454 int c;
3456 char_u *ptr;
3457 int want_cindent;
3458 int retval = FALSE;
3460 /* Forget any previous 'special' messages if this is actually
3461 * a ^X mode key - bar ^R, in which case we wait to see what it gives us.
3463 if (c != Ctrl_R && vim_is_ctrl_x_key(c))
3464 edit_submode_extra = NULL;
3466 /* Ignore end of Select mode mapping and mouse scroll buttons. */
3467 if (c == K_SELECT || c == K_MOUSEDOWN || c == K_MOUSEUP)
3468 return retval;
3470 /* Set "compl_get_longest" when finding the first matches. */
3471 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_NOT_DEFINED_YET
3472 || (ctrl_x_mode == 0 && !compl_started))
3474 compl_get_longest = (vim_strchr(p_cot, 'l') != NULL);
3475 compl_used_match = TRUE;
3478 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_NOT_DEFINED_YET)
3481 * We have just typed CTRL-X and aren't quite sure which CTRL-X mode
3482 * it will be yet. Now we decide.
3484 switch (c)
3486 case Ctrl_E:
3487 case Ctrl_Y:
3488 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_SCROLL;
3489 if (!(State & REPLACE_FLAG))
3490 edit_submode = (char_u *)_(" (insert) Scroll (^E/^Y)");
3491 else
3492 edit_submode = (char_u *)_(" (replace) Scroll (^E/^Y)");
3493 edit_submode_pre = NULL;
3494 showmode();
3495 break;
3496 case Ctrl_L:
3497 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE;
3498 break;
3499 case Ctrl_F:
3500 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_FILES;
3501 break;
3502 case Ctrl_K:
3503 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_DICTIONARY;
3504 break;
3505 case Ctrl_R:
3506 /* Simply allow ^R to happen without affecting ^X mode */
3507 break;
3508 case Ctrl_T:
3509 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_THESAURUS;
3510 break;
3511 #ifdef FEAT_COMPL_FUNC
3512 case Ctrl_U:
3513 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_FUNCTION;
3514 break;
3515 case Ctrl_O:
3516 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_OMNI;
3517 break;
3518 #endif
3519 case 's':
3520 case Ctrl_S:
3521 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_SPELL;
3522 #ifdef FEAT_SPELL
3523 ++emsg_off; /* Avoid getting the E756 error twice. */
3524 spell_back_to_badword();
3525 --emsg_off;
3526 #endif
3527 break;
3528 case Ctrl_RSB:
3529 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_TAGS;
3530 break;
3531 #ifdef FEAT_FIND_ID
3532 case Ctrl_I:
3533 case K_S_TAB:
3534 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_PATH_PATTERNS;
3535 break;
3536 case Ctrl_D:
3537 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES;
3538 break;
3539 #endif
3540 case Ctrl_V:
3541 case Ctrl_Q:
3542 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_CMDLINE;
3543 break;
3544 case Ctrl_P:
3545 case Ctrl_N:
3546 /* ^X^P means LOCAL expansion if nothing interrupted (eg we
3547 * just started ^X mode, or there were enough ^X's to cancel
3548 * the previous mode, say ^X^F^X^X^P or ^P^X^X^X^P, see below)
3549 * do normal expansion when interrupting a different mode (say
3550 * ^X^F^X^P or ^P^X^X^P, see below)
3551 * nothing changes if interrupting mode 0, (eg, the flag
3552 * doesn't change when going to ADDING mode -- Acevedo */
3553 if (!(compl_cont_status & CONT_INTRPT))
3554 compl_cont_status |= CONT_LOCAL;
3555 else if (compl_cont_mode != 0)
3556 compl_cont_status &= ~CONT_LOCAL;
3557 /* FALLTHROUGH */
3558 default:
3559 /* If we have typed at least 2 ^X's... for modes != 0, we set
3560 * compl_cont_status = 0 (eg, as if we had just started ^X
3561 * mode).
3562 * For mode 0, we set "compl_cont_mode" to an impossible
3563 * value, in both cases ^X^X can be used to restart the same
3564 * mode (avoiding ADDING mode).
3565 * Undocumented feature: In a mode != 0 ^X^P and ^X^X^P start
3566 * 'complete' and local ^P expansions respectively.
3567 * In mode 0 an extra ^X is needed since ^X^P goes to ADDING
3568 * mode -- Acevedo */
3569 if (c == Ctrl_X)
3571 if (compl_cont_mode != 0)
3572 compl_cont_status = 0;
3573 else
3574 compl_cont_mode = CTRL_X_NOT_DEFINED_YET;
3576 ctrl_x_mode = 0;
3577 edit_submode = NULL;
3578 showmode();
3579 break;
3582 else if (ctrl_x_mode != 0)
3584 /* We're already in CTRL-X mode, do we stay in it? */
3585 if (!vim_is_ctrl_x_key(c))
3587 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_SCROLL)
3588 ctrl_x_mode = 0;
3589 else
3590 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_FINISHED;
3591 edit_submode = NULL;
3593 showmode();
3596 if (compl_started || ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_FINISHED)
3598 /* Show error message from attempted keyword completion (probably
3599 * 'Pattern not found') until another key is hit, then go back to
3600 * showing what mode we are in. */
3601 showmode();
3602 if ((ctrl_x_mode == 0 && c != Ctrl_N && c != Ctrl_P && c != Ctrl_R
3603 && !ins_compl_pum_key(c))
3604 || ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_FINISHED)
3606 /* Get here when we have finished typing a sequence of ^N and
3607 * ^P or other completion characters in CTRL-X mode. Free up
3608 * memory that was used, and make sure we can redo the insert. */
3609 if (compl_curr_match != NULL || compl_leader != NULL || c == Ctrl_E)
3611 char_u *p;
3612 int temp = 0;
3615 * If any of the original typed text has been changed, eg when
3616 * ignorecase is set, we must add back-spaces to the redo
3617 * buffer. We add as few as necessary to delete just the part
3618 * of the original text that has changed.
3619 * When using the longest match, edited the match or used
3620 * CTRL-E then don't use the current match.
3622 if (compl_curr_match != NULL && compl_used_match && c != Ctrl_E)
3623 ptr = compl_curr_match->cp_str;
3624 else if (compl_leader != NULL)
3625 ptr = compl_leader;
3626 else
3627 ptr = compl_orig_text;
3628 if (compl_orig_text != NULL)
3630 p = compl_orig_text;
3631 for (temp = 0; p[temp] != NUL && p[temp] == ptr[temp];
3632 ++temp)
3634 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
3635 if (temp > 0)
3636 temp -= (*mb_head_off)(compl_orig_text, p + temp);
3637 #endif
3638 for (p += temp; *p != NUL; mb_ptr_adv(p))
3639 AppendCharToRedobuff(K_BS);
3641 if (ptr != NULL)
3642 AppendToRedobuffLit(ptr + temp, -1);
3645 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
3646 want_cindent = (can_cindent && cindent_on());
3647 #endif
3649 * When completing whole lines: fix indent for 'cindent'.
3650 * Otherwise, break line if it's too long.
3652 if (compl_cont_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE)
3654 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
3655 /* re-indent the current line */
3656 if (want_cindent)
3658 do_c_expr_indent();
3659 want_cindent = FALSE; /* don't do it again */
3661 #endif
3663 else
3665 int prev_col = curwin->w_cursor.col;
3667 /* put the cursor on the last char, for 'tw' formatting */
3668 if (prev_col > 0)
3669 dec_cursor();
3670 if (stop_arrow() == OK)
3671 insertchar(NUL, 0, -1);
3672 if (prev_col > 0
3673 && ml_get_curline()[curwin->w_cursor.col] != NUL)
3674 inc_cursor();
3677 /* If the popup menu is displayed pressing CTRL-Y means accepting
3678 * the selection without inserting anything. When
3679 * compl_enter_selects is set the Enter key does the same. */
3680 if ((c == Ctrl_Y || (compl_enter_selects
3681 && (c == CAR || c == K_KENTER || c == NL)))
3682 && pum_visible())
3683 retval = TRUE;
3685 /* CTRL-E means completion is Ended, go back to the typed text. */
3686 if (c == Ctrl_E)
3688 ins_compl_delete();
3689 if (compl_leader != NULL)
3690 ins_bytes(compl_leader + ins_compl_len());
3691 else if (compl_first_match != NULL)
3692 ins_bytes(compl_orig_text + ins_compl_len());
3693 retval = TRUE;
3696 auto_format(FALSE, TRUE);
3698 ins_compl_free();
3699 compl_started = FALSE;
3700 compl_matches = 0;
3701 msg_clr_cmdline(); /* necessary for "noshowmode" */
3702 ctrl_x_mode = 0;
3703 compl_enter_selects = FALSE;
3704 if (edit_submode != NULL)
3706 edit_submode = NULL;
3707 showmode();
3710 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
3712 * Indent now if a key was typed that is in 'cinkeys'.
3714 if (want_cindent && in_cinkeys(KEY_COMPLETE, ' ', inindent(0)))
3715 do_c_expr_indent();
3716 #endif
3720 /* reset continue_* if we left expansion-mode, if we stay they'll be
3721 * (re)set properly in ins_complete() */
3722 if (!vim_is_ctrl_x_key(c))
3724 compl_cont_status = 0;
3725 compl_cont_mode = 0;
3728 return retval;
3732 * Loops through the list of windows, loaded-buffers or non-loaded-buffers
3733 * (depending on flag) starting from buf and looking for a non-scanned
3734 * buffer (other than curbuf). curbuf is special, if it is called with
3735 * buf=curbuf then it has to be the first call for a given flag/expansion.
3737 * Returns the buffer to scan, if any, otherwise returns curbuf -- Acevedo
3739 static buf_T *
3740 ins_compl_next_buf(buf, flag)
3741 buf_T *buf;
3742 int flag;
3744 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS
3745 static win_T *wp;
3746 #endif
3748 if (flag == 'w') /* just windows */
3750 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS
3751 if (buf == curbuf) /* first call for this flag/expansion */
3752 wp = curwin;
3753 while ((wp = (wp->w_next != NULL ? wp->w_next : firstwin)) != curwin
3754 && wp->w_buffer->b_scanned)
3756 buf = wp->w_buffer;
3757 #else
3758 buf = curbuf;
3759 #endif
3761 else
3762 /* 'b' (just loaded buffers), 'u' (just non-loaded buffers) or 'U'
3763 * (unlisted buffers)
3764 * When completing whole lines skip unloaded buffers. */
3765 while ((buf = (buf->b_next != NULL ? buf->b_next : firstbuf)) != curbuf
3766 && ((flag == 'U'
3767 ? buf->b_p_bl
3768 : (!buf->b_p_bl
3769 || (buf->b_ml.ml_mfp == NULL) != (flag == 'u')))
3770 || buf->b_scanned))
3772 return buf;
3775 #ifdef FEAT_COMPL_FUNC
3776 static void expand_by_function __ARGS((int type, char_u *base));
3779 * Execute user defined complete function 'completefunc' or 'omnifunc', and
3780 * get matches in "matches".
3782 static void
3783 expand_by_function(type, base)
3784 int type; /* CTRL_X_OMNI or CTRL_X_FUNCTION */
3785 char_u *base;
3787 list_T *matchlist;
3788 char_u *args[2];
3789 char_u *funcname;
3790 pos_T pos;
3792 funcname = (type == CTRL_X_FUNCTION) ? curbuf->b_p_cfu : curbuf->b_p_ofu;
3793 if (*funcname == NUL)
3794 return;
3796 /* Call 'completefunc' to obtain the list of matches. */
3797 args[0] = (char_u *)"0";
3798 args[1] = base;
3800 pos = curwin->w_cursor;
3801 matchlist = call_func_retlist(funcname, 2, args, FALSE);
3802 curwin->w_cursor = pos; /* restore the cursor position */
3803 if (matchlist == NULL)
3804 return;
3806 ins_compl_add_list(matchlist);
3807 list_unref(matchlist);
3809 #endif /* FEAT_COMPL_FUNC */
3811 #if defined(FEAT_COMPL_FUNC) || defined(FEAT_EVAL) || defined(PROTO)
3813 * Add completions from a list.
3815 static void
3816 ins_compl_add_list(list)
3817 list_T *list;
3819 listitem_T *li;
3820 int dir = compl_direction;
3822 /* Go through the List with matches and add each of them. */
3823 for (li = list->lv_first; li != NULL; li = li->li_next)
3825 if (ins_compl_add_tv(&li->li_tv, dir) == OK)
3826 /* if dir was BACKWARD then honor it just once */
3827 dir = FORWARD;
3828 else if (did_emsg)
3829 break;
3834 * Add a match to the list of matches from a typeval_T.
3835 * If the given string is already in the list of completions, then return
3836 * NOTDONE, otherwise add it to the list and return OK. If there is an error,
3837 * maybe because alloc() returns NULL, then FAIL is returned.
3840 ins_compl_add_tv(tv, dir)
3841 typval_T *tv;
3842 int dir;
3844 char_u *word;
3845 int icase = FALSE;
3846 int adup = FALSE;
3847 char_u *(cptext[CPT_COUNT]);
3849 if (tv->v_type == VAR_DICT && tv->vval.v_dict != NULL)
3851 word = get_dict_string(tv->vval.v_dict, (char_u *)"word", FALSE);
3852 cptext[CPT_ABBR] = get_dict_string(tv->vval.v_dict,
3853 (char_u *)"abbr", FALSE);
3854 cptext[CPT_MENU] = get_dict_string(tv->vval.v_dict,
3855 (char_u *)"menu", FALSE);
3856 cptext[CPT_KIND] = get_dict_string(tv->vval.v_dict,
3857 (char_u *)"kind", FALSE);
3858 cptext[CPT_INFO] = get_dict_string(tv->vval.v_dict,
3859 (char_u *)"info", FALSE);
3860 if (get_dict_string(tv->vval.v_dict, (char_u *)"icase", FALSE) != NULL)
3861 icase = get_dict_number(tv->vval.v_dict, (char_u *)"icase");
3862 if (get_dict_string(tv->vval.v_dict, (char_u *)"dup", FALSE) != NULL)
3863 adup = get_dict_number(tv->vval.v_dict, (char_u *)"dup");
3865 else
3867 word = get_tv_string_chk(tv);
3868 vim_memset(cptext, 0, sizeof(cptext));
3870 if (word == NULL || *word == NUL)
3871 return FAIL;
3872 return ins_compl_add(word, -1, icase, NULL, cptext, dir, 0, adup);
3874 #endif
3877 * Get the next expansion(s), using "compl_pattern".
3878 * The search starts at position "ini" in curbuf and in the direction
3879 * compl_direction.
3880 * When "compl_started" is FALSE start at that position, otherwise continue
3881 * where we stopped searching before.
3882 * This may return before finding all the matches.
3883 * Return the total number of matches or -1 if still unknown -- Acevedo
3885 static int
3886 ins_compl_get_exp(ini)
3887 pos_T *ini;
3889 static pos_T first_match_pos;
3890 static pos_T last_match_pos;
3891 static char_u *e_cpt = (char_u *)""; /* curr. entry in 'complete' */
3892 static int found_all = FALSE; /* Found all matches of a
3893 certain type. */
3894 static buf_T *ins_buf = NULL; /* buffer being scanned */
3896 pos_T *pos;
3897 char_u **matches;
3898 int save_p_scs;
3899 int save_p_ws;
3900 int save_p_ic;
3901 int i;
3902 int num_matches;
3903 int len;
3904 int found_new_match;
3905 int type = ctrl_x_mode;
3906 char_u *ptr;
3907 char_u *dict = NULL;
3908 int dict_f = 0;
3909 compl_T *old_match;
3911 if (!compl_started)
3913 for (ins_buf = firstbuf; ins_buf != NULL; ins_buf = ins_buf->b_next)
3914 ins_buf->b_scanned = 0;
3915 found_all = FALSE;
3916 ins_buf = curbuf;
3917 e_cpt = (compl_cont_status & CONT_LOCAL)
3918 ? (char_u *)"." : curbuf->b_p_cpt;
3919 last_match_pos = first_match_pos = *ini;
3922 old_match = compl_curr_match; /* remember the last current match */
3923 pos = (compl_direction == FORWARD) ? &last_match_pos : &first_match_pos;
3924 /* For ^N/^P loop over all the flags/windows/buffers in 'complete' */
3925 for (;;)
3927 found_new_match = FAIL;
3929 /* For ^N/^P pick a new entry from e_cpt if compl_started is off,
3930 * or if found_all says this entry is done. For ^X^L only use the
3931 * entries from 'complete' that look in loaded buffers. */
3932 if ((ctrl_x_mode == 0 || ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE)
3933 && (!compl_started || found_all))
3935 found_all = FALSE;
3936 while (*e_cpt == ',' || *e_cpt == ' ')
3937 e_cpt++;
3938 if (*e_cpt == '.' && !curbuf->b_scanned)
3940 ins_buf = curbuf;
3941 first_match_pos = *ini;
3942 /* So that ^N can match word immediately after cursor */
3943 if (ctrl_x_mode == 0)
3944 dec(&first_match_pos);
3945 last_match_pos = first_match_pos;
3946 type = 0;
3948 else if (vim_strchr((char_u *)"buwU", *e_cpt) != NULL
3949 && (ins_buf = ins_compl_next_buf(ins_buf, *e_cpt)) != curbuf)
3951 /* Scan a buffer, but not the current one. */
3952 if (ins_buf->b_ml.ml_mfp != NULL) /* loaded buffer */
3954 compl_started = TRUE;
3955 first_match_pos.col = last_match_pos.col = 0;
3956 first_match_pos.lnum = ins_buf->b_ml.ml_line_count + 1;
3957 last_match_pos.lnum = 0;
3958 type = 0;
3960 else /* unloaded buffer, scan like dictionary */
3962 found_all = TRUE;
3963 if (ins_buf->b_fname == NULL)
3964 continue;
3965 type = CTRL_X_DICTIONARY;
3966 dict = ins_buf->b_fname;
3967 dict_f = DICT_EXACT;
3969 vim_snprintf((char *)IObuff, IOSIZE, _("Scanning: %s"),
3970 ins_buf->b_fname == NULL
3971 ? buf_spname(ins_buf)
3972 : ins_buf->b_sfname == NULL
3973 ? (char *)ins_buf->b_fname
3974 : (char *)ins_buf->b_sfname);
3975 (void)msg_trunc_attr(IObuff, TRUE, hl_attr(HLF_R));
3977 else if (*e_cpt == NUL)
3978 break;
3979 else
3981 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE)
3982 type = -1;
3983 else if (*e_cpt == 'k' || *e_cpt == 's')
3985 if (*e_cpt == 'k')
3986 type = CTRL_X_DICTIONARY;
3987 else
3988 type = CTRL_X_THESAURUS;
3989 if (*++e_cpt != ',' && *e_cpt != NUL)
3991 dict = e_cpt;
3992 dict_f = DICT_FIRST;
3995 #ifdef FEAT_FIND_ID
3996 else if (*e_cpt == 'i')
3997 type = CTRL_X_PATH_PATTERNS;
3998 else if (*e_cpt == 'd')
3999 type = CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES;
4000 #endif
4001 else if (*e_cpt == ']' || *e_cpt == 't')
4003 type = CTRL_X_TAGS;
4004 vim_snprintf((char *)IObuff, IOSIZE, _("Scanning tags."));
4005 (void)msg_trunc_attr(IObuff, TRUE, hl_attr(HLF_R));
4007 else
4008 type = -1;
4010 /* in any case e_cpt is advanced to the next entry */
4011 (void)copy_option_part(&e_cpt, IObuff, IOSIZE, ",");
4013 found_all = TRUE;
4014 if (type == -1)
4015 continue;
4019 switch (type)
4021 case -1:
4022 break;
4023 #ifdef FEAT_FIND_ID
4024 case CTRL_X_PATH_PATTERNS:
4025 case CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES:
4026 find_pattern_in_path(compl_pattern, compl_direction,
4027 (int)STRLEN(compl_pattern), FALSE, FALSE,
4028 (type == CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES
4029 && !(compl_cont_status & CONT_SOL))
4030 ? FIND_DEFINE : FIND_ANY, 1L, ACTION_EXPAND,
4031 (linenr_T)1, (linenr_T)MAXLNUM);
4032 break;
4033 #endif
4035 case CTRL_X_DICTIONARY:
4036 case CTRL_X_THESAURUS:
4037 ins_compl_dictionaries(
4038 dict != NULL ? dict
4039 : (type == CTRL_X_THESAURUS
4040 ? (*curbuf->b_p_tsr == NUL
4041 ? p_tsr
4042 : curbuf->b_p_tsr)
4043 : (*curbuf->b_p_dict == NUL
4044 ? p_dict
4045 : curbuf->b_p_dict)),
4046 compl_pattern,
4047 dict != NULL ? dict_f
4048 : 0, type == CTRL_X_THESAURUS);
4049 dict = NULL;
4050 break;
4052 case CTRL_X_TAGS:
4053 /* set p_ic according to p_ic, p_scs and pat for find_tags(). */
4054 save_p_ic = p_ic;
4055 p_ic = ignorecase(compl_pattern);
4057 /* Find up to TAG_MANY matches. Avoids that an enormous number
4058 * of matches is found when compl_pattern is empty */
4059 if (find_tags(compl_pattern, &num_matches, &matches,
4060 TAG_REGEXP | TAG_NAMES | TAG_NOIC |
4061 TAG_INS_COMP | (ctrl_x_mode ? TAG_VERBOSE : 0),
4062 TAG_MANY, curbuf->b_ffname) == OK && num_matches > 0)
4064 ins_compl_add_matches(num_matches, matches, p_ic);
4066 p_ic = save_p_ic;
4067 break;
4069 case CTRL_X_FILES:
4070 if (expand_wildcards(1, &compl_pattern, &num_matches, &matches,
4071 EW_FILE|EW_DIR|EW_ADDSLASH|EW_SILENT) == OK)
4074 /* May change home directory back to "~". */
4075 tilde_replace(compl_pattern, num_matches, matches);
4076 ins_compl_add_matches(num_matches, matches,
4077 #ifdef CASE_INSENSITIVE_FILENAME
4078 TRUE
4079 #else
4080 FALSE
4081 #endif
4084 break;
4086 case CTRL_X_CMDLINE:
4087 if (expand_cmdline(&compl_xp, compl_pattern,
4088 (int)STRLEN(compl_pattern),
4089 &num_matches, &matches) == EXPAND_OK)
4090 ins_compl_add_matches(num_matches, matches, FALSE);
4091 break;
4093 #ifdef FEAT_COMPL_FUNC
4094 case CTRL_X_FUNCTION:
4095 case CTRL_X_OMNI:
4096 expand_by_function(type, compl_pattern);
4097 break;
4098 #endif
4100 case CTRL_X_SPELL:
4101 #ifdef FEAT_SPELL
4102 num_matches = expand_spelling(first_match_pos.lnum,
4103 compl_pattern, &matches);
4104 if (num_matches > 0)
4105 ins_compl_add_matches(num_matches, matches, p_ic);
4106 #endif
4107 break;
4109 default: /* normal ^P/^N and ^X^L */
4111 * If 'infercase' is set, don't use 'smartcase' here
4113 save_p_scs = p_scs;
4114 if (ins_buf->b_p_inf)
4115 p_scs = FALSE;
4117 /* buffers other than curbuf are scanned from the beginning or the
4118 * end but never from the middle, thus setting nowrapscan in this
4119 * buffers is a good idea, on the other hand, we always set
4120 * wrapscan for curbuf to avoid missing matches -- Acevedo,Webb */
4121 save_p_ws = p_ws;
4122 if (ins_buf != curbuf)
4123 p_ws = FALSE;
4124 else if (*e_cpt == '.')
4125 p_ws = TRUE;
4126 for (;;)
4128 int flags = 0;
4130 ++msg_silent; /* Don't want messages for wrapscan. */
4132 /* ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE || word-wise search that
4133 * has added a word that was at the beginning of the line */
4134 if ( ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE
4135 || (compl_cont_status & CONT_SOL))
4136 found_new_match = search_for_exact_line(ins_buf, pos,
4137 compl_direction, compl_pattern);
4138 else
4139 found_new_match = searchit(NULL, ins_buf, pos,
4140 compl_direction,
4141 compl_pattern, 1L, SEARCH_KEEP + SEARCH_NFMSG,
4142 RE_LAST, (linenr_T)0, NULL);
4143 --msg_silent;
4144 if (!compl_started)
4146 /* set "compl_started" even on fail */
4147 compl_started = TRUE;
4148 first_match_pos = *pos;
4149 last_match_pos = *pos;
4151 else if (first_match_pos.lnum == last_match_pos.lnum
4152 && first_match_pos.col == last_match_pos.col)
4153 found_new_match = FAIL;
4154 if (found_new_match == FAIL)
4156 if (ins_buf == curbuf)
4157 found_all = TRUE;
4158 break;
4161 /* when ADDING, the text before the cursor matches, skip it */
4162 if ( (compl_cont_status & CONT_ADDING) && ins_buf == curbuf
4163 && ini->lnum == pos->lnum
4164 && ini->col == pos->col)
4165 continue;
4166 ptr = ml_get_buf(ins_buf, pos->lnum, FALSE) + pos->col;
4167 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE)
4169 if (compl_cont_status & CONT_ADDING)
4171 if (pos->lnum >= ins_buf->b_ml.ml_line_count)
4172 continue;
4173 ptr = ml_get_buf(ins_buf, pos->lnum + 1, FALSE);
4174 if (!p_paste)
4175 ptr = skipwhite(ptr);
4177 len = (int)STRLEN(ptr);
4179 else
4181 char_u *tmp_ptr = ptr;
4183 if (compl_cont_status & CONT_ADDING)
4185 tmp_ptr += compl_length;
4186 /* Skip if already inside a word. */
4187 if (vim_iswordp(tmp_ptr))
4188 continue;
4189 /* Find start of next word. */
4190 tmp_ptr = find_word_start(tmp_ptr);
4192 /* Find end of this word. */
4193 tmp_ptr = find_word_end(tmp_ptr);
4194 len = (int)(tmp_ptr - ptr);
4196 if ((compl_cont_status & CONT_ADDING)
4197 && len == compl_length)
4199 if (pos->lnum < ins_buf->b_ml.ml_line_count)
4201 /* Try next line, if any. the new word will be
4202 * "join" as if the normal command "J" was used.
4203 * IOSIZE is always greater than
4204 * compl_length, so the next STRNCPY always
4205 * works -- Acevedo */
4206 STRNCPY(IObuff, ptr, len);
4207 ptr = ml_get_buf(ins_buf, pos->lnum + 1, FALSE);
4208 tmp_ptr = ptr = skipwhite(ptr);
4209 /* Find start of next word. */
4210 tmp_ptr = find_word_start(tmp_ptr);
4211 /* Find end of next word. */
4212 tmp_ptr = find_word_end(tmp_ptr);
4213 if (tmp_ptr > ptr)
4215 if (*ptr != ')' && IObuff[len - 1] != TAB)
4217 if (IObuff[len - 1] != ' ')
4218 IObuff[len++] = ' ';
4219 /* IObuf =~ "\k.* ", thus len >= 2 */
4220 if (p_js
4221 && (IObuff[len - 2] == '.'
4222 || (vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_JOINSP)
4223 == NULL
4224 && (IObuff[len - 2] == '?'
4225 || IObuff[len - 2] == '!'))))
4226 IObuff[len++] = ' ';
4228 /* copy as much as possible of the new word */
4229 if (tmp_ptr - ptr >= IOSIZE - len)
4230 tmp_ptr = ptr + IOSIZE - len - 1;
4231 STRNCPY(IObuff + len, ptr, tmp_ptr - ptr);
4232 len += (int)(tmp_ptr - ptr);
4233 flags |= CONT_S_IPOS;
4235 IObuff[len] = NUL;
4236 ptr = IObuff;
4238 if (len == compl_length)
4239 continue;
4242 if (ins_compl_add_infercase(ptr, len, p_ic,
4243 ins_buf == curbuf ? NULL : ins_buf->b_sfname,
4244 0, flags) != NOTDONE)
4246 found_new_match = OK;
4247 break;
4250 p_scs = save_p_scs;
4251 p_ws = save_p_ws;
4254 /* check if compl_curr_match has changed, (e.g. other type of
4255 * expansion added something) */
4256 if (type != 0 && compl_curr_match != old_match)
4257 found_new_match = OK;
4259 /* break the loop for specialized modes (use 'complete' just for the
4260 * generic ctrl_x_mode == 0) or when we've found a new match */
4261 if ((ctrl_x_mode != 0 && ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE)
4262 || found_new_match != FAIL)
4264 if (got_int)
4265 break;
4266 /* Fill the popup menu as soon as possible. */
4267 if (type != -1)
4268 ins_compl_check_keys(0);
4270 if ((ctrl_x_mode != 0 && ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE)
4271 || compl_interrupted)
4272 break;
4273 compl_started = TRUE;
4275 else
4277 /* Mark a buffer scanned when it has been scanned completely */
4278 if (type == 0 || type == CTRL_X_PATH_PATTERNS)
4279 ins_buf->b_scanned = TRUE;
4281 compl_started = FALSE;
4284 compl_started = TRUE;
4286 if ((ctrl_x_mode == 0 || ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE)
4287 && *e_cpt == NUL) /* Got to end of 'complete' */
4288 found_new_match = FAIL;
4290 i = -1; /* total of matches, unknown */
4291 if (found_new_match == FAIL
4292 || (ctrl_x_mode != 0 && ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE))
4293 i = ins_compl_make_cyclic();
4295 /* If several matches were added (FORWARD) or the search failed and has
4296 * just been made cyclic then we have to move compl_curr_match to the next
4297 * or previous entry (if any) -- Acevedo */
4298 compl_curr_match = compl_direction == FORWARD ? old_match->cp_next
4299 : old_match->cp_prev;
4300 if (compl_curr_match == NULL)
4301 compl_curr_match = old_match;
4302 return i;
4305 /* Delete the old text being completed. */
4306 static void
4307 ins_compl_delete()
4309 int i;
4312 * In insert mode: Delete the typed part.
4313 * In replace mode: Put the old characters back, if any.
4315 i = compl_col + (compl_cont_status & CONT_ADDING ? compl_length : 0);
4316 backspace_until_column(i);
4317 changed_cline_bef_curs();
4320 /* Insert the new text being completed. */
4321 static void
4322 ins_compl_insert()
4324 ins_bytes(compl_shown_match->cp_str + ins_compl_len());
4325 if (compl_shown_match->cp_flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT)
4326 compl_used_match = FALSE;
4327 else
4328 compl_used_match = TRUE;
4332 * Fill in the next completion in the current direction.
4333 * If "allow_get_expansion" is TRUE, then we may call ins_compl_get_exp() to
4334 * get more completions. If it is FALSE, then we just do nothing when there
4335 * are no more completions in a given direction. The latter case is used when
4336 * we are still in the middle of finding completions, to allow browsing
4337 * through the ones found so far.
4338 * Return the total number of matches, or -1 if still unknown -- webb.
4340 * compl_curr_match is currently being used by ins_compl_get_exp(), so we use
4341 * compl_shown_match here.
4343 * Note that this function may be called recursively once only. First with
4344 * "allow_get_expansion" TRUE, which calls ins_compl_get_exp(), which in turn
4345 * calls this function with "allow_get_expansion" FALSE.
4347 static int
4348 ins_compl_next(allow_get_expansion, count, insert_match)
4349 int allow_get_expansion;
4350 int count; /* repeat completion this many times; should
4351 be at least 1 */
4352 int insert_match; /* Insert the newly selected match */
4354 int num_matches = -1;
4355 int i;
4356 int todo = count;
4357 compl_T *found_compl = NULL;
4358 int found_end = FALSE;
4359 int advance;
4361 if (compl_leader != NULL
4362 && (compl_shown_match->cp_flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT) == 0)
4364 /* Set "compl_shown_match" to the actually shown match, it may differ
4365 * when "compl_leader" is used to omit some of the matches. */
4366 while (!ins_compl_equal(compl_shown_match,
4367 compl_leader, (int)STRLEN(compl_leader))
4368 && compl_shown_match->cp_next != NULL
4369 && compl_shown_match->cp_next != compl_first_match)
4370 compl_shown_match = compl_shown_match->cp_next;
4372 /* If we didn't find it searching forward, and compl_shows_dir is
4373 * backward, find the last match. */
4374 if (compl_shows_dir == BACKWARD
4375 && !ins_compl_equal(compl_shown_match,
4376 compl_leader, (int)STRLEN(compl_leader))
4377 && (compl_shown_match->cp_next == NULL
4378 || compl_shown_match->cp_next == compl_first_match))
4380 while (!ins_compl_equal(compl_shown_match,
4381 compl_leader, (int)STRLEN(compl_leader))
4382 && compl_shown_match->cp_prev != NULL
4383 && compl_shown_match->cp_prev != compl_first_match)
4384 compl_shown_match = compl_shown_match->cp_prev;
4388 if (allow_get_expansion && insert_match
4389 && (!(compl_get_longest || compl_restarting) || compl_used_match))
4390 /* Delete old text to be replaced */
4391 ins_compl_delete();
4393 /* When finding the longest common text we stick at the original text,
4394 * don't let CTRL-N or CTRL-P move to the first match. */
4395 advance = count != 1 || !allow_get_expansion || !compl_get_longest;
4397 /* When restarting the search don't insert the first match either. */
4398 if (compl_restarting)
4400 advance = FALSE;
4401 compl_restarting = FALSE;
4404 /* Repeat this for when <PageUp> or <PageDown> is typed. But don't wrap
4405 * around. */
4406 while (--todo >= 0)
4408 if (compl_shows_dir == FORWARD && compl_shown_match->cp_next != NULL)
4410 compl_shown_match = compl_shown_match->cp_next;
4411 found_end = (compl_first_match != NULL
4412 && (compl_shown_match->cp_next == compl_first_match
4413 || compl_shown_match == compl_first_match));
4415 else if (compl_shows_dir == BACKWARD
4416 && compl_shown_match->cp_prev != NULL)
4418 found_end = (compl_shown_match == compl_first_match);
4419 compl_shown_match = compl_shown_match->cp_prev;
4420 found_end |= (compl_shown_match == compl_first_match);
4422 else
4424 if (!allow_get_expansion)
4426 if (advance)
4428 if (compl_shows_dir == BACKWARD)
4429 compl_pending -= todo + 1;
4430 else
4431 compl_pending += todo + 1;
4433 return -1;
4436 if (advance)
4438 if (compl_shows_dir == BACKWARD)
4439 --compl_pending;
4440 else
4441 ++compl_pending;
4444 /* Find matches. */
4445 num_matches = ins_compl_get_exp(&compl_startpos);
4447 /* handle any pending completions */
4448 while (compl_pending != 0 && compl_direction == compl_shows_dir
4449 && advance)
4451 if (compl_pending > 0 && compl_shown_match->cp_next != NULL)
4453 compl_shown_match = compl_shown_match->cp_next;
4454 --compl_pending;
4456 if (compl_pending < 0 && compl_shown_match->cp_prev != NULL)
4458 compl_shown_match = compl_shown_match->cp_prev;
4459 ++compl_pending;
4461 else
4462 break;
4464 found_end = FALSE;
4466 if ((compl_shown_match->cp_flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT) == 0
4467 && compl_leader != NULL
4468 && !ins_compl_equal(compl_shown_match,
4469 compl_leader, (int)STRLEN(compl_leader)))
4470 ++todo;
4471 else
4472 /* Remember a matching item. */
4473 found_compl = compl_shown_match;
4475 /* Stop at the end of the list when we found a usable match. */
4476 if (found_end)
4478 if (found_compl != NULL)
4480 compl_shown_match = found_compl;
4481 break;
4483 todo = 1; /* use first usable match after wrapping around */
4487 /* Insert the text of the new completion, or the compl_leader. */
4488 if (insert_match)
4490 if (!compl_get_longest || compl_used_match)
4491 ins_compl_insert();
4492 else
4493 ins_bytes(compl_leader + ins_compl_len());
4495 else
4496 compl_used_match = FALSE;
4498 if (!allow_get_expansion)
4500 /* may undisplay the popup menu first */
4501 ins_compl_upd_pum();
4503 /* redraw to show the user what was inserted */
4504 update_screen(0);
4506 /* display the updated popup menu */
4507 ins_compl_show_pum();
4508 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
4509 if (gui.in_use)
4511 /* Show the cursor after the match, not after the redrawn text. */
4512 setcursor();
4513 out_flush();
4514 gui_update_cursor(FALSE, FALSE);
4516 #endif
4518 /* Delete old text to be replaced, since we're still searching and
4519 * don't want to match ourselves! */
4520 ins_compl_delete();
4523 /* Enter will select a match when the match wasn't inserted and the popup
4524 * menu is visible. */
4525 compl_enter_selects = !insert_match && compl_match_array != NULL;
4528 * Show the file name for the match (if any)
4529 * Truncate the file name to avoid a wait for return.
4531 if (compl_shown_match->cp_fname != NULL)
4533 STRCPY(IObuff, "match in file ");
4534 i = (vim_strsize(compl_shown_match->cp_fname) + 16) - sc_col;
4535 if (i <= 0)
4536 i = 0;
4537 else
4538 STRCAT(IObuff, "<");
4539 STRCAT(IObuff, compl_shown_match->cp_fname + i);
4540 msg(IObuff);
4541 redraw_cmdline = FALSE; /* don't overwrite! */
4544 return num_matches;
4548 * Call this while finding completions, to check whether the user has hit a key
4549 * that should change the currently displayed completion, or exit completion
4550 * mode. Also, when compl_pending is not zero, show a completion as soon as
4551 * possible. -- webb
4552 * "frequency" specifies out of how many calls we actually check.
4554 void
4555 ins_compl_check_keys(frequency)
4556 int frequency;
4558 static int count = 0;
4560 int c;
4562 /* Don't check when reading keys from a script. That would break the test
4563 * scripts */
4564 if (using_script())
4565 return;
4567 /* Only do this at regular intervals */
4568 if (++count < frequency)
4569 return;
4570 count = 0;
4572 /* Check for a typed key. Do use mappings, otherwise vim_is_ctrl_x_key()
4573 * can't do its work correctly. */
4574 c = vpeekc_any();
4575 if (c != NUL)
4577 if (vim_is_ctrl_x_key(c) && c != Ctrl_X && c != Ctrl_R)
4579 c = safe_vgetc(); /* Eat the character */
4580 compl_shows_dir = ins_compl_key2dir(c);
4581 (void)ins_compl_next(FALSE, ins_compl_key2count(c),
4582 c != K_UP && c != K_DOWN);
4584 else
4586 /* Need to get the character to have KeyTyped set. We'll put it
4587 * back with vungetc() below. But skip K_IGNORE. */
4588 c = safe_vgetc();
4589 if (c != K_IGNORE)
4591 /* Don't interrupt completion when the character wasn't typed,
4592 * e.g., when doing @q to replay keys. */
4593 if (c != Ctrl_R && KeyTyped)
4594 compl_interrupted = TRUE;
4596 vungetc(c);
4600 if (compl_pending != 0 && !got_int)
4602 int todo = compl_pending > 0 ? compl_pending : -compl_pending;
4604 compl_pending = 0;
4605 (void)ins_compl_next(FALSE, todo, TRUE);
4610 * Decide the direction of Insert mode complete from the key typed.
4611 * Returns BACKWARD or FORWARD.
4613 static int
4614 ins_compl_key2dir(c)
4615 int c;
4617 if (c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_L
4618 || (pum_visible() && (c == K_PAGEUP || c == K_KPAGEUP
4619 || c == K_S_UP || c == K_UP)))
4620 return BACKWARD;
4621 return FORWARD;
4625 * Return TRUE for keys that are used for completion only when the popup menu
4626 * is visible.
4628 static int
4629 ins_compl_pum_key(c)
4630 int c;
4632 return pum_visible() && (c == K_PAGEUP || c == K_KPAGEUP || c == K_S_UP
4633 || c == K_PAGEDOWN || c == K_KPAGEDOWN || c == K_S_DOWN
4634 || c == K_UP || c == K_DOWN);
4638 * Decide the number of completions to move forward.
4639 * Returns 1 for most keys, height of the popup menu for page-up/down keys.
4641 static int
4642 ins_compl_key2count(c)
4643 int c;
4645 int h;
4647 if (ins_compl_pum_key(c) && c != K_UP && c != K_DOWN)
4649 h = pum_get_height();
4650 if (h > 3)
4651 h -= 2; /* keep some context */
4652 return h;
4654 return 1;
4658 * Return TRUE if completion with "c" should insert the match, FALSE if only
4659 * to change the currently selected completion.
4661 static int
4662 ins_compl_use_match(c)
4663 int c;
4665 switch (c)
4667 case K_UP:
4668 case K_DOWN:
4669 case K_PAGEDOWN:
4670 case K_KPAGEDOWN:
4671 case K_S_DOWN:
4672 case K_PAGEUP:
4673 case K_KPAGEUP:
4674 case K_S_UP:
4675 return FALSE;
4677 return TRUE;
4681 * Do Insert mode completion.
4682 * Called when character "c" was typed, which has a meaning for completion.
4683 * Returns OK if completion was done, FAIL if something failed (out of mem).
4685 static int
4686 ins_complete(c)
4687 int c;
4689 char_u *line;
4690 int startcol = 0; /* column where searched text starts */
4691 colnr_T curs_col; /* cursor column */
4692 int n;
4693 int save_w_wrow;
4695 compl_direction = ins_compl_key2dir(c);
4696 if (!compl_started)
4698 /* First time we hit ^N or ^P (in a row, I mean) */
4700 did_ai = FALSE;
4701 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
4702 did_si = FALSE;
4703 can_si = FALSE;
4704 can_si_back = FALSE;
4705 #endif
4706 if (stop_arrow() == FAIL)
4707 return FAIL;
4709 line = ml_get(curwin->w_cursor.lnum);
4710 curs_col = curwin->w_cursor.col;
4711 compl_pending = 0;
4713 /* If this same ctrl_x_mode has been interrupted use the text from
4714 * "compl_startpos" to the cursor as a pattern to add a new word
4715 * instead of expand the one before the cursor, in word-wise if
4716 * "compl_startpos" is not in the same line as the cursor then fix it
4717 * (the line has been split because it was longer than 'tw'). if SOL
4718 * is set then skip the previous pattern, a word at the beginning of
4719 * the line has been inserted, we'll look for that -- Acevedo. */
4720 if ((compl_cont_status & CONT_INTRPT) == CONT_INTRPT
4721 && compl_cont_mode == ctrl_x_mode)
4724 * it is a continued search
4726 compl_cont_status &= ~CONT_INTRPT; /* remove INTRPT */
4727 if (ctrl_x_mode == 0 || ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_PATH_PATTERNS
4728 || ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES)
4730 if (compl_startpos.lnum != curwin->w_cursor.lnum)
4732 /* line (probably) wrapped, set compl_startpos to the
4733 * first non_blank in the line, if it is not a wordchar
4734 * include it to get a better pattern, but then we don't
4735 * want the "\\<" prefix, check it bellow */
4736 compl_col = (colnr_T)(skipwhite(line) - line);
4737 compl_startpos.col = compl_col;
4738 compl_startpos.lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
4739 compl_cont_status &= ~CONT_SOL; /* clear SOL if present */
4741 else
4743 /* S_IPOS was set when we inserted a word that was at the
4744 * beginning of the line, which means that we'll go to SOL
4745 * mode but first we need to redefine compl_startpos */
4746 if (compl_cont_status & CONT_S_IPOS)
4748 compl_cont_status |= CONT_SOL;
4749 compl_startpos.col = (colnr_T)(skipwhite(
4750 line + compl_length
4751 + compl_startpos.col) - line);
4753 compl_col = compl_startpos.col;
4755 compl_length = curwin->w_cursor.col - (int)compl_col;
4756 /* IObuff is used to add a "word from the next line" would we
4757 * have enough space? just being paranoid */
4758 #define MIN_SPACE 75
4759 if (compl_length > (IOSIZE - MIN_SPACE))
4761 compl_cont_status &= ~CONT_SOL;
4762 compl_length = (IOSIZE - MIN_SPACE);
4763 compl_col = curwin->w_cursor.col - compl_length;
4765 compl_cont_status |= CONT_ADDING | CONT_N_ADDS;
4766 if (compl_length < 1)
4767 compl_cont_status &= CONT_LOCAL;
4769 else if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE)
4770 compl_cont_status = CONT_ADDING | CONT_N_ADDS;
4771 else
4772 compl_cont_status = 0;
4774 else
4775 compl_cont_status &= CONT_LOCAL;
4777 if (!(compl_cont_status & CONT_ADDING)) /* normal expansion */
4779 compl_cont_mode = ctrl_x_mode;
4780 if (ctrl_x_mode != 0) /* Remove LOCAL if ctrl_x_mode != 0 */
4781 compl_cont_status = 0;
4782 compl_cont_status |= CONT_N_ADDS;
4783 compl_startpos = curwin->w_cursor;
4784 startcol = (int)curs_col;
4785 compl_col = 0;
4788 /* Work out completion pattern and original text -- webb */
4789 if (ctrl_x_mode == 0 || (ctrl_x_mode & CTRL_X_WANT_IDENT))
4791 if ((compl_cont_status & CONT_SOL)
4792 || ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES)
4794 if (!(compl_cont_status & CONT_ADDING))
4796 while (--startcol >= 0 && vim_isIDc(line[startcol]))
4798 compl_col += ++startcol;
4799 compl_length = curs_col - startcol;
4801 if (p_ic)
4802 compl_pattern = str_foldcase(line + compl_col,
4803 compl_length, NULL, 0);
4804 else
4805 compl_pattern = vim_strnsave(line + compl_col,
4806 compl_length);
4807 if (compl_pattern == NULL)
4808 return FAIL;
4810 else if (compl_cont_status & CONT_ADDING)
4812 char_u *prefix = (char_u *)"\\<";
4814 /* we need up to 2 extra chars for the prefix */
4815 compl_pattern = alloc(quote_meta(NULL, line + compl_col,
4816 compl_length) + 2);
4817 if (compl_pattern == NULL)
4818 return FAIL;
4819 if (!vim_iswordp(line + compl_col)
4820 || (compl_col > 0
4821 && (
4822 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
4823 vim_iswordp(mb_prevptr(line, line + compl_col))
4824 #else
4825 vim_iswordc(line[compl_col - 1])
4826 #endif
4828 prefix = (char_u *)"";
4829 STRCPY((char *)compl_pattern, prefix);
4830 (void)quote_meta(compl_pattern + STRLEN(prefix),
4831 line + compl_col, compl_length);
4833 else if (--startcol < 0 ||
4834 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
4835 !vim_iswordp(mb_prevptr(line, line + startcol + 1))
4836 #else
4837 !vim_iswordc(line[startcol])
4838 #endif
4841 /* Match any word of at least two chars */
4842 compl_pattern = vim_strsave((char_u *)"\\<\\k\\k");
4843 if (compl_pattern == NULL)
4844 return FAIL;
4845 compl_col += curs_col;
4846 compl_length = 0;
4848 else
4850 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
4851 /* Search the point of change class of multibyte character
4852 * or not a word single byte character backward. */
4853 if (has_mbyte)
4855 int base_class;
4856 int head_off;
4858 startcol -= (*mb_head_off)(line, line + startcol);
4859 base_class = mb_get_class(line + startcol);
4860 while (--startcol >= 0)
4862 head_off = (*mb_head_off)(line, line + startcol);
4863 if (base_class != mb_get_class(line + startcol
4864 - head_off))
4865 break;
4866 startcol -= head_off;
4869 else
4870 #endif
4871 while (--startcol >= 0 && vim_iswordc(line[startcol]))
4873 compl_col += ++startcol;
4874 compl_length = (int)curs_col - startcol;
4875 if (compl_length == 1)
4877 /* Only match word with at least two chars -- webb
4878 * there's no need to call quote_meta,
4879 * alloc(7) is enough -- Acevedo
4881 compl_pattern = alloc(7);
4882 if (compl_pattern == NULL)
4883 return FAIL;
4884 STRCPY((char *)compl_pattern, "\\<");
4885 (void)quote_meta(compl_pattern + 2, line + compl_col, 1);
4886 STRCAT((char *)compl_pattern, "\\k");
4888 else
4890 compl_pattern = alloc(quote_meta(NULL, line + compl_col,
4891 compl_length) + 2);
4892 if (compl_pattern == NULL)
4893 return FAIL;
4894 STRCPY((char *)compl_pattern, "\\<");
4895 (void)quote_meta(compl_pattern + 2, line + compl_col,
4896 compl_length);
4900 else if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE)
4902 compl_col = (colnr_T)(skipwhite(line) - line);
4903 compl_length = (int)curs_col - (int)compl_col;
4904 if (compl_length < 0) /* cursor in indent: empty pattern */
4905 compl_length = 0;
4906 if (p_ic)
4907 compl_pattern = str_foldcase(line + compl_col, compl_length,
4908 NULL, 0);
4909 else
4910 compl_pattern = vim_strnsave(line + compl_col, compl_length);
4911 if (compl_pattern == NULL)
4912 return FAIL;
4914 else if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_FILES)
4916 while (--startcol >= 0 && vim_isfilec(line[startcol]))
4918 compl_col += ++startcol;
4919 compl_length = (int)curs_col - startcol;
4920 compl_pattern = addstar(line + compl_col, compl_length,
4921 EXPAND_FILES);
4922 if (compl_pattern == NULL)
4923 return FAIL;
4925 else if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_CMDLINE)
4927 compl_pattern = vim_strnsave(line, curs_col);
4928 if (compl_pattern == NULL)
4929 return FAIL;
4930 set_cmd_context(&compl_xp, compl_pattern,
4931 (int)STRLEN(compl_pattern), curs_col);
4932 if (compl_xp.xp_context == EXPAND_UNSUCCESSFUL
4933 || compl_xp.xp_context == EXPAND_NOTHING)
4934 /* No completion possible, use an empty pattern to get a
4935 * "pattern not found" message. */
4936 compl_col = curs_col;
4937 else
4938 compl_col = (int)(compl_xp.xp_pattern - compl_pattern);
4939 compl_length = curs_col - compl_col;
4941 else if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_FUNCTION || ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_OMNI)
4943 #ifdef FEAT_COMPL_FUNC
4945 * Call user defined function 'completefunc' with "a:findstart"
4946 * set to 1 to obtain the length of text to use for completion.
4948 char_u *args[2];
4949 int col;
4950 char_u *funcname;
4951 pos_T pos;
4953 /* Call 'completefunc' or 'omnifunc' and get pattern length as a
4954 * string */
4955 funcname = ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_FUNCTION
4956 ? curbuf->b_p_cfu : curbuf->b_p_ofu;
4957 if (*funcname == NUL)
4959 EMSG2(_(e_notset), ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_FUNCTION
4960 ? "completefunc" : "omnifunc");
4961 return FAIL;
4964 args[0] = (char_u *)"1";
4965 args[1] = NULL;
4966 pos = curwin->w_cursor;
4967 col = call_func_retnr(funcname, 2, args, FALSE);
4968 curwin->w_cursor = pos; /* restore the cursor position */
4970 if (col < 0)
4971 col = curs_col;
4972 compl_col = col;
4973 if (compl_col > curs_col)
4974 compl_col = curs_col;
4976 /* Setup variables for completion. Need to obtain "line" again,
4977 * it may have become invalid. */
4978 line = ml_get(curwin->w_cursor.lnum);
4979 compl_length = curs_col - compl_col;
4980 compl_pattern = vim_strnsave(line + compl_col, compl_length);
4981 if (compl_pattern == NULL)
4982 #endif
4983 return FAIL;
4985 else if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_SPELL)
4987 #ifdef FEAT_SPELL
4988 if (spell_bad_len > 0)
4989 compl_col = curs_col - spell_bad_len;
4990 else
4991 compl_col = spell_word_start(startcol);
4992 if (compl_col >= (colnr_T)startcol)
4994 compl_length = 0;
4995 compl_col = curs_col;
4997 else
4999 spell_expand_check_cap(compl_col);
5000 compl_length = (int)curs_col - compl_col;
5002 /* Need to obtain "line" again, it may have become invalid. */
5003 line = ml_get(curwin->w_cursor.lnum);
5004 compl_pattern = vim_strnsave(line + compl_col, compl_length);
5005 if (compl_pattern == NULL)
5006 #endif
5007 return FAIL;
5009 else
5011 EMSG2(_(e_intern2), "ins_complete()");
5012 return FAIL;
5015 if (compl_cont_status & CONT_ADDING)
5017 edit_submode_pre = (char_u *)_(" Adding");
5018 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE)
5020 /* Insert a new line, keep indentation but ignore 'comments' */
5021 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
5022 char_u *old = curbuf->b_p_com;
5024 curbuf->b_p_com = (char_u *)"";
5025 #endif
5026 compl_startpos.lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
5027 compl_startpos.col = compl_col;
5028 ins_eol('\r');
5029 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
5030 curbuf->b_p_com = old;
5031 #endif
5032 compl_length = 0;
5033 compl_col = curwin->w_cursor.col;
5036 else
5038 edit_submode_pre = NULL;
5039 compl_startpos.col = compl_col;
5042 if (compl_cont_status & CONT_LOCAL)
5043 edit_submode = (char_u *)_(ctrl_x_msgs[CTRL_X_LOCAL_MSG]);
5044 else
5045 edit_submode = (char_u *)_(CTRL_X_MSG(ctrl_x_mode));
5047 /* Always add completion for the original text. */
5048 vim_free(compl_orig_text);
5049 compl_orig_text = vim_strnsave(line + compl_col, compl_length);
5050 if (compl_orig_text == NULL || ins_compl_add(compl_orig_text,
5051 -1, p_ic, NULL, NULL, 0, ORIGINAL_TEXT, FALSE) != OK)
5053 vim_free(compl_pattern);
5054 compl_pattern = NULL;
5055 vim_free(compl_orig_text);
5056 compl_orig_text = NULL;
5057 return FAIL;
5060 /* showmode might reset the internal line pointers, so it must
5061 * be called before line = ml_get(), or when this address is no
5062 * longer needed. -- Acevedo.
5064 edit_submode_extra = (char_u *)_("-- Searching...");
5065 edit_submode_highl = HLF_COUNT;
5066 showmode();
5067 edit_submode_extra = NULL;
5068 out_flush();
5071 compl_shown_match = compl_curr_match;
5072 compl_shows_dir = compl_direction;
5075 * Find next match (and following matches).
5077 save_w_wrow = curwin->w_wrow;
5078 n = ins_compl_next(TRUE, ins_compl_key2count(c), ins_compl_use_match(c));
5080 /* may undisplay the popup menu */
5081 ins_compl_upd_pum();
5083 if (n > 1) /* all matches have been found */
5084 compl_matches = n;
5085 compl_curr_match = compl_shown_match;
5086 compl_direction = compl_shows_dir;
5088 /* Eat the ESC that vgetc() returns after a CTRL-C to avoid leaving Insert
5089 * mode. */
5090 if (got_int && !global_busy)
5092 (void)vgetc();
5093 got_int = FALSE;
5096 /* we found no match if the list has only the "compl_orig_text"-entry */
5097 if (compl_first_match == compl_first_match->cp_next)
5099 edit_submode_extra = (compl_cont_status & CONT_ADDING)
5100 && compl_length > 1
5101 ? (char_u *)_(e_hitend) : (char_u *)_(e_patnotf);
5102 edit_submode_highl = HLF_E;
5103 /* remove N_ADDS flag, so next ^X<> won't try to go to ADDING mode,
5104 * because we couldn't expand anything at first place, but if we used
5105 * ^P, ^N, ^X^I or ^X^D we might want to add-expand a single-char-word
5106 * (such as M in M'exico) if not tried already. -- Acevedo */
5107 if ( compl_length > 1
5108 || (compl_cont_status & CONT_ADDING)
5109 || (ctrl_x_mode != 0
5110 && ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_PATH_PATTERNS
5111 && ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES))
5112 compl_cont_status &= ~CONT_N_ADDS;
5115 if (compl_curr_match->cp_flags & CONT_S_IPOS)
5116 compl_cont_status |= CONT_S_IPOS;
5117 else
5118 compl_cont_status &= ~CONT_S_IPOS;
5120 if (edit_submode_extra == NULL)
5122 if (compl_curr_match->cp_flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT)
5124 edit_submode_extra = (char_u *)_("Back at original");
5125 edit_submode_highl = HLF_W;
5127 else if (compl_cont_status & CONT_S_IPOS)
5129 edit_submode_extra = (char_u *)_("Word from other line");
5130 edit_submode_highl = HLF_COUNT;
5132 else if (compl_curr_match->cp_next == compl_curr_match->cp_prev)
5134 edit_submode_extra = (char_u *)_("The only match");
5135 edit_submode_highl = HLF_COUNT;
5137 else
5139 /* Update completion sequence number when needed. */
5140 if (compl_curr_match->cp_number == -1)
5142 int number = 0;
5143 compl_T *match;
5145 if (compl_direction == FORWARD)
5147 /* search backwards for the first valid (!= -1) number.
5148 * This should normally succeed already at the first loop
5149 * cycle, so it's fast! */
5150 for (match = compl_curr_match->cp_prev; match != NULL
5151 && match != compl_first_match;
5152 match = match->cp_prev)
5153 if (match->cp_number != -1)
5155 number = match->cp_number;
5156 break;
5158 if (match != NULL)
5159 /* go up and assign all numbers which are not assigned
5160 * yet */
5161 for (match = match->cp_next;
5162 match != NULL && match->cp_number == -1;
5163 match = match->cp_next)
5164 match->cp_number = ++number;
5166 else /* BACKWARD */
5168 /* search forwards (upwards) for the first valid (!= -1)
5169 * number. This should normally succeed already at the
5170 * first loop cycle, so it's fast! */
5171 for (match = compl_curr_match->cp_next; match != NULL
5172 && match != compl_first_match;
5173 match = match->cp_next)
5174 if (match->cp_number != -1)
5176 number = match->cp_number;
5177 break;
5179 if (match != NULL)
5180 /* go down and assign all numbers which are not
5181 * assigned yet */
5182 for (match = match->cp_prev; match
5183 && match->cp_number == -1;
5184 match = match->cp_prev)
5185 match->cp_number = ++number;
5189 /* The match should always have a sequence number now, this is
5190 * just a safety check. */
5191 if (compl_curr_match->cp_number != -1)
5193 /* Space for 10 text chars. + 2x10-digit no.s = 31.
5194 * Translations may need more than twice that. */
5195 static char_u match_ref[81];
5197 if (compl_matches > 0)
5198 vim_snprintf((char *)match_ref, sizeof(match_ref),
5199 _("match %d of %d"),
5200 compl_curr_match->cp_number, compl_matches);
5201 else
5202 vim_snprintf((char *)match_ref, sizeof(match_ref),
5203 _("match %d"),
5204 compl_curr_match->cp_number);
5205 edit_submode_extra = match_ref;
5206 edit_submode_highl = HLF_R;
5207 if (dollar_vcol)
5208 curs_columns(FALSE);
5213 /* Show a message about what (completion) mode we're in. */
5214 showmode();
5215 if (edit_submode_extra != NULL)
5217 if (!p_smd)
5218 msg_attr(edit_submode_extra,
5219 edit_submode_highl < HLF_COUNT
5220 ? hl_attr(edit_submode_highl) : 0);
5222 else
5223 msg_clr_cmdline(); /* necessary for "noshowmode" */
5225 /* Show the popup menu, unless we got interrupted. */
5226 if (!compl_interrupted)
5228 /* RedrawingDisabled may be set when invoked through complete(). */
5229 n = RedrawingDisabled;
5230 RedrawingDisabled = 0;
5232 /* If the cursor moved we need to remove the pum first. */
5233 setcursor();
5234 if (save_w_wrow != curwin->w_wrow)
5235 ins_compl_del_pum();
5237 ins_compl_show_pum();
5238 setcursor();
5239 RedrawingDisabled = n;
5241 compl_was_interrupted = compl_interrupted;
5242 compl_interrupted = FALSE;
5244 return OK;
5248 * Looks in the first "len" chars. of "src" for search-metachars.
5249 * If dest is not NULL the chars. are copied there quoting (with
5250 * a backslash) the metachars, and dest would be NUL terminated.
5251 * Returns the length (needed) of dest
5253 static unsigned
5254 quote_meta(dest, src, len)
5255 char_u *dest;
5256 char_u *src;
5257 int len;
5259 unsigned m = (unsigned)len + 1; /* one extra for the NUL */
5261 for ( ; --len >= 0; src++)
5263 switch (*src)
5265 case '.':
5266 case '*':
5267 case '[':
5268 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_DICTIONARY
5269 || ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_THESAURUS)
5270 break;
5271 case '~':
5272 if (!p_magic) /* quote these only if magic is set */
5273 break;
5274 case '\\':
5275 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_DICTIONARY
5276 || ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_THESAURUS)
5277 break;
5278 case '^': /* currently it's not needed. */
5279 case '$':
5280 m++;
5281 if (dest != NULL)
5282 *dest++ = '\\';
5283 break;
5285 if (dest != NULL)
5286 *dest++ = *src;
5287 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
5288 /* Copy remaining bytes of a multibyte character. */
5289 if (has_mbyte)
5291 int i, mb_len;
5293 mb_len = (*mb_ptr2len)(src) - 1;
5294 if (mb_len > 0 && len >= mb_len)
5295 for (i = 0; i < mb_len; ++i)
5297 --len;
5298 ++src;
5299 if (dest != NULL)
5300 *dest++ = *src;
5303 # endif
5305 if (dest != NULL)
5306 *dest = NUL;
5308 return m;
5310 #endif /* FEAT_INS_EXPAND */
5313 * Next character is interpreted literally.
5314 * A one, two or three digit decimal number is interpreted as its byte value.
5315 * If one or two digits are entered, the next character is given to vungetc().
5316 * For Unicode a character > 255 may be returned.
5319 get_literal()
5321 int cc;
5322 int nc;
5323 int i;
5324 int hex = FALSE;
5325 int octal = FALSE;
5326 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
5327 int unicode = 0;
5328 #endif
5330 if (got_int)
5331 return Ctrl_C;
5333 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
5335 * In GUI there is no point inserting the internal code for a special key.
5336 * It is more useful to insert the string "<KEY>" instead. This would
5337 * probably be useful in a text window too, but it would not be
5338 * vi-compatible (maybe there should be an option for it?) -- webb
5340 if (gui.in_use)
5341 ++allow_keys;
5342 #endif
5343 #ifdef USE_ON_FLY_SCROLL
5344 dont_scroll = TRUE; /* disallow scrolling here */
5345 #endif
5346 ++no_mapping; /* don't map the next key hits */
5347 cc = 0;
5348 i = 0;
5349 for (;;)
5351 nc = plain_vgetc();
5352 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO
5353 if (!(State & CMDLINE)
5354 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
5355 && MB_BYTE2LEN_CHECK(nc) == 1
5356 # endif
5358 add_to_showcmd(nc);
5359 #endif
5360 if (nc == 'x' || nc == 'X')
5361 hex = TRUE;
5362 else if (nc == 'o' || nc == 'O')
5363 octal = TRUE;
5364 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
5365 else if (nc == 'u' || nc == 'U')
5366 unicode = nc;
5367 #endif
5368 else
5370 if (hex
5371 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
5372 || unicode != 0
5373 #endif
5376 if (!vim_isxdigit(nc))
5377 break;
5378 cc = cc * 16 + hex2nr(nc);
5380 else if (octal)
5382 if (nc < '0' || nc > '7')
5383 break;
5384 cc = cc * 8 + nc - '0';
5386 else
5388 if (!VIM_ISDIGIT(nc))
5389 break;
5390 cc = cc * 10 + nc - '0';
5393 ++i;
5396 if (cc > 255
5397 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
5398 && unicode == 0
5399 #endif
5401 cc = 255; /* limit range to 0-255 */
5402 nc = 0;
5404 if (hex) /* hex: up to two chars */
5406 if (i >= 2)
5407 break;
5409 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
5410 else if (unicode) /* Unicode: up to four or eight chars */
5412 if ((unicode == 'u' && i >= 4) || (unicode == 'U' && i >= 8))
5413 break;
5415 #endif
5416 else if (i >= 3) /* decimal or octal: up to three chars */
5417 break;
5419 if (i == 0) /* no number entered */
5421 if (nc == K_ZERO) /* NUL is stored as NL */
5423 cc = '\n';
5424 nc = 0;
5426 else
5428 cc = nc;
5429 nc = 0;
5433 if (cc == 0) /* NUL is stored as NL */
5434 cc = '\n';
5435 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
5436 if (enc_dbcs && (cc & 0xff) == 0)
5437 cc = '?'; /* don't accept an illegal DBCS char, the NUL in the
5438 second byte will cause trouble! */
5439 #endif
5441 --no_mapping;
5442 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
5443 if (gui.in_use)
5444 --allow_keys;
5445 #endif
5446 if (nc)
5447 vungetc(nc);
5448 got_int = FALSE; /* CTRL-C typed after CTRL-V is not an interrupt */
5449 return cc;
5453 * Insert character, taking care of special keys and mod_mask
5455 static void
5456 insert_special(c, allow_modmask, ctrlv)
5457 int c;
5458 int allow_modmask;
5459 int ctrlv; /* c was typed after CTRL-V */
5461 char_u *p;
5462 int len;
5465 * Special function key, translate into "<Key>". Up to the last '>' is
5466 * inserted with ins_str(), so as not to replace characters in replace
5467 * mode.
5468 * Only use mod_mask for special keys, to avoid things like <S-Space>,
5469 * unless 'allow_modmask' is TRUE.
5471 #ifdef MACOS
5472 /* Command-key never produces a normal key */
5473 if (mod_mask & MOD_MASK_CMD)
5474 allow_modmask = TRUE;
5475 #endif
5476 if (IS_SPECIAL(c) || (mod_mask && allow_modmask))
5478 p = get_special_key_name(c, mod_mask);
5479 len = (int)STRLEN(p);
5480 c = p[len - 1];
5481 if (len > 2)
5483 if (stop_arrow() == FAIL)
5484 return;
5485 p[len - 1] = NUL;
5486 ins_str(p);
5487 AppendToRedobuffLit(p, -1);
5488 ctrlv = FALSE;
5491 if (stop_arrow() == OK)
5492 insertchar(c, ctrlv ? INSCHAR_CTRLV : 0, -1);
5496 * Special characters in this context are those that need processing other
5497 * than the simple insertion that can be performed here. This includes ESC
5498 * which terminates the insert, and CR/NL which need special processing to
5499 * open up a new line. This routine tries to optimize insertions performed by
5500 * the "redo", "undo" or "put" commands, so it needs to know when it should
5501 * stop and defer processing to the "normal" mechanism.
5502 * '0' and '^' are special, because they can be followed by CTRL-D.
5504 #ifdef EBCDIC
5505 # define ISSPECIAL(c) ((c) < ' ' || (c) == '0' || (c) == '^')
5506 #else
5507 # define ISSPECIAL(c) ((c) < ' ' || (c) >= DEL || (c) == '0' || (c) == '^')
5508 #endif
5510 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
5511 # define WHITECHAR(cc) (vim_iswhite(cc) && (!enc_utf8 || !utf_iscomposing(utf_ptr2char(ml_get_cursor() + 1))))
5512 #else
5513 # define WHITECHAR(cc) vim_iswhite(cc)
5514 #endif
5516 void
5517 insertchar(c, flags, second_indent)
5518 int c; /* character to insert or NUL */
5519 int flags; /* INSCHAR_FORMAT, etc. */
5520 int second_indent; /* indent for second line if >= 0 */
5522 int textwidth;
5523 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
5524 char_u *p;
5525 #endif
5526 int fo_ins_blank;
5528 textwidth = comp_textwidth(flags & INSCHAR_FORMAT);
5529 fo_ins_blank = has_format_option(FO_INS_BLANK);
5532 * Try to break the line in two or more pieces when:
5533 * - Always do this if we have been called to do formatting only.
5534 * - Always do this when 'formatoptions' has the 'a' flag and the line
5535 * ends in white space.
5536 * - Otherwise:
5537 * - Don't do this if inserting a blank
5538 * - Don't do this if an existing character is being replaced, unless
5539 * we're in VREPLACE mode.
5540 * - Do this if the cursor is not on the line where insert started
5541 * or - 'formatoptions' doesn't have 'l' or the line was not too long
5542 * before the insert.
5543 * - 'formatoptions' doesn't have 'b' or a blank was inserted at or
5544 * before 'textwidth'
5546 if (textwidth > 0
5547 && ((flags & INSCHAR_FORMAT)
5548 || (!vim_iswhite(c)
5549 && !((State & REPLACE_FLAG)
5550 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
5551 && !(State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
5552 #endif
5553 && *ml_get_cursor() != NUL)
5554 && (curwin->w_cursor.lnum != Insstart.lnum
5555 || ((!has_format_option(FO_INS_LONG)
5556 || Insstart_textlen <= (colnr_T)textwidth)
5557 && (!fo_ins_blank
5558 || Insstart_blank_vcol <= (colnr_T)textwidth
5559 ))))))
5561 /* Format with 'formatexpr' when it's set. Use internal formatting
5562 * when 'formatexpr' isn't set or it returns non-zero. */
5563 #if defined(FEAT_EVAL)
5564 int do_internal = TRUE;
5566 if (*curbuf->b_p_fex != NUL && (flags & INSCHAR_NO_FEX) == 0)
5568 do_internal = (fex_format(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, 1L, c) != 0);
5569 /* It may be required to save for undo again, e.g. when setline()
5570 * was called. */
5571 ins_need_undo = TRUE;
5573 if (do_internal)
5574 #endif
5575 internal_format(textwidth, second_indent, flags, c == NUL, c);
5578 if (c == NUL) /* only formatting was wanted */
5579 return;
5581 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
5582 /* Check whether this character should end a comment. */
5583 if (did_ai && (int)c == end_comment_pending)
5585 char_u *line;
5586 char_u lead_end[COM_MAX_LEN]; /* end-comment string */
5587 int middle_len, end_len;
5588 int i;
5591 * Need to remove existing (middle) comment leader and insert end
5592 * comment leader. First, check what comment leader we can find.
5594 i = get_leader_len(line = ml_get_curline(), &p, FALSE);
5595 if (i > 0 && vim_strchr(p, COM_MIDDLE) != NULL) /* Just checking */
5597 /* Skip middle-comment string */
5598 while (*p && p[-1] != ':') /* find end of middle flags */
5599 ++p;
5600 middle_len = copy_option_part(&p, lead_end, COM_MAX_LEN, ",");
5601 /* Don't count trailing white space for middle_len */
5602 while (middle_len > 0 && vim_iswhite(lead_end[middle_len - 1]))
5603 --middle_len;
5605 /* Find the end-comment string */
5606 while (*p && p[-1] != ':') /* find end of end flags */
5607 ++p;
5608 end_len = copy_option_part(&p, lead_end, COM_MAX_LEN, ",");
5610 /* Skip white space before the cursor */
5611 i = curwin->w_cursor.col;
5612 while (--i >= 0 && vim_iswhite(line[i]))
5614 i++;
5616 /* Skip to before the middle leader */
5617 i -= middle_len;
5619 /* Check some expected things before we go on */
5620 if (i >= 0 && lead_end[end_len - 1] == end_comment_pending)
5622 /* Backspace over all the stuff we want to replace */
5623 backspace_until_column(i);
5626 * Insert the end-comment string, except for the last
5627 * character, which will get inserted as normal later.
5629 ins_bytes_len(lead_end, end_len - 1);
5633 end_comment_pending = NUL;
5634 #endif
5636 did_ai = FALSE;
5637 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
5638 did_si = FALSE;
5639 can_si = FALSE;
5640 can_si_back = FALSE;
5641 #endif
5644 * If there's any pending input, grab up to INPUT_BUFLEN at once.
5645 * This speeds up normal text input considerably.
5646 * Don't do this when 'cindent' or 'indentexpr' is set, because we might
5647 * need to re-indent at a ':', or any other character (but not what
5648 * 'paste' is set)..
5650 #ifdef USE_ON_FLY_SCROLL
5651 dont_scroll = FALSE; /* allow scrolling here */
5652 #endif
5654 if ( !ISSPECIAL(c)
5655 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
5656 && (!has_mbyte || (*mb_char2len)(c) == 1)
5657 #endif
5658 && vpeekc() != NUL
5659 && !(State & REPLACE_FLAG)
5660 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
5661 && !cindent_on()
5662 #endif
5663 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
5664 && !p_ri
5665 #endif
5668 #define INPUT_BUFLEN 100
5669 char_u buf[INPUT_BUFLEN + 1];
5670 int i;
5671 colnr_T virtcol = 0;
5673 buf[0] = c;
5674 i = 1;
5675 if (textwidth > 0)
5676 virtcol = get_nolist_virtcol();
5678 * Stop the string when:
5679 * - no more chars available
5680 * - finding a special character (command key)
5681 * - buffer is full
5682 * - running into the 'textwidth' boundary
5683 * - need to check for abbreviation: A non-word char after a word-char
5685 while ( (c = vpeekc()) != NUL
5686 && !ISSPECIAL(c)
5687 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
5688 && (!has_mbyte || MB_BYTE2LEN_CHECK(c) == 1)
5689 #endif
5690 && i < INPUT_BUFLEN
5691 && (textwidth == 0
5692 || (virtcol += byte2cells(buf[i - 1])) < (colnr_T)textwidth)
5693 && !(!no_abbr && !vim_iswordc(c) && vim_iswordc(buf[i - 1])))
5695 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
5696 c = vgetc();
5697 if (p_hkmap && KeyTyped)
5698 c = hkmap(c); /* Hebrew mode mapping */
5699 # ifdef FEAT_FKMAP
5700 if (p_fkmap && KeyTyped)
5701 c = fkmap(c); /* Farsi mode mapping */
5702 # endif
5703 buf[i++] = c;
5704 #else
5705 buf[i++] = vgetc();
5706 #endif
5709 #ifdef FEAT_DIGRAPHS
5710 do_digraph(-1); /* clear digraphs */
5711 do_digraph(buf[i-1]); /* may be the start of a digraph */
5712 #endif
5713 buf[i] = NUL;
5714 ins_str(buf);
5715 if (flags & INSCHAR_CTRLV)
5717 redo_literal(*buf);
5718 i = 1;
5720 else
5721 i = 0;
5722 if (buf[i] != NUL)
5723 AppendToRedobuffLit(buf + i, -1);
5725 else
5727 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
5728 int cc;
5730 if (has_mbyte && (cc = (*mb_char2len)(c)) > 1)
5732 char_u buf[MB_MAXBYTES + 1];
5734 (*mb_char2bytes)(c, buf);
5735 buf[cc] = NUL;
5736 ins_char_bytes(buf, cc);
5737 AppendCharToRedobuff(c);
5739 else
5740 #endif
5742 ins_char(c);
5743 if (flags & INSCHAR_CTRLV)
5744 redo_literal(c);
5745 else
5746 AppendCharToRedobuff(c);
5752 * Format text at the current insert position.
5754 static void
5755 internal_format(textwidth, second_indent, flags, format_only, c)
5756 int textwidth;
5757 int second_indent;
5758 int flags;
5759 int format_only;
5760 int c; /* character to be inserted (can be NUL) */
5762 int cc;
5763 int save_char = NUL;
5764 int haveto_redraw = FALSE;
5765 int fo_ins_blank = has_format_option(FO_INS_BLANK);
5766 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
5767 int fo_multibyte = has_format_option(FO_MBYTE_BREAK);
5768 #endif
5769 int fo_white_par = has_format_option(FO_WHITE_PAR);
5770 int first_line = TRUE;
5771 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
5772 colnr_T leader_len;
5773 int no_leader = FALSE;
5774 int do_comments = (flags & INSCHAR_DO_COM);
5775 #endif
5778 * When 'ai' is off we don't want a space under the cursor to be
5779 * deleted. Replace it with an 'x' temporarily.
5781 if (!curbuf->b_p_ai
5782 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
5783 && !(State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
5784 #endif
5787 cc = gchar_cursor();
5788 if (vim_iswhite(cc))
5790 save_char = cc;
5791 pchar_cursor('x');
5796 * Repeat breaking lines, until the current line is not too long.
5798 while (!got_int)
5800 int startcol; /* Cursor column at entry */
5801 int wantcol; /* column at textwidth border */
5802 int foundcol; /* column for start of spaces */
5803 int end_foundcol = 0; /* column for start of word */
5804 colnr_T len;
5805 colnr_T virtcol;
5806 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
5807 int orig_col = 0;
5808 char_u *saved_text = NULL;
5809 #endif
5810 colnr_T col;
5811 colnr_T end_col;
5813 virtcol = get_nolist_virtcol()
5814 + char2cells(c != NUL ? c : gchar_cursor());
5815 if (virtcol <= (colnr_T)textwidth)
5816 break;
5818 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
5819 if (no_leader)
5820 do_comments = FALSE;
5821 else if (!(flags & INSCHAR_FORMAT)
5822 && has_format_option(FO_WRAP_COMS))
5823 do_comments = TRUE;
5825 /* Don't break until after the comment leader */
5826 if (do_comments)
5827 leader_len = get_leader_len(ml_get_curline(), NULL, FALSE);
5828 else
5829 leader_len = 0;
5831 /* If the line doesn't start with a comment leader, then don't
5832 * start one in a following broken line. Avoids that a %word
5833 * moved to the start of the next line causes all following lines
5834 * to start with %. */
5835 if (leader_len == 0)
5836 no_leader = TRUE;
5837 #endif
5838 if (!(flags & INSCHAR_FORMAT)
5839 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
5840 && leader_len == 0
5841 #endif
5842 && !has_format_option(FO_WRAP))
5844 break;
5845 if ((startcol = curwin->w_cursor.col) == 0)
5846 break;
5848 /* find column of textwidth border */
5849 coladvance((colnr_T)textwidth);
5850 wantcol = curwin->w_cursor.col;
5852 curwin->w_cursor.col = startcol;
5853 foundcol = 0;
5856 * Find position to break at.
5857 * Stop at first entered white when 'formatoptions' has 'v'
5859 while ((!fo_ins_blank && !has_format_option(FO_INS_VI))
5860 || curwin->w_cursor.lnum != Insstart.lnum
5861 || curwin->w_cursor.col >= Insstart.col)
5863 if (curwin->w_cursor.col == startcol && c != NUL)
5864 cc = c;
5865 else
5866 cc = gchar_cursor();
5867 if (WHITECHAR(cc))
5869 /* remember position of blank just before text */
5870 end_col = curwin->w_cursor.col;
5872 /* find start of sequence of blanks */
5873 while (curwin->w_cursor.col > 0 && WHITECHAR(cc))
5875 dec_cursor();
5876 cc = gchar_cursor();
5878 if (curwin->w_cursor.col == 0 && WHITECHAR(cc))
5879 break; /* only spaces in front of text */
5880 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
5881 /* Don't break until after the comment leader */
5882 if (curwin->w_cursor.col < leader_len)
5883 break;
5884 #endif
5885 if (has_format_option(FO_ONE_LETTER))
5887 /* do not break after one-letter words */
5888 if (curwin->w_cursor.col == 0)
5889 break; /* one-letter word at begin */
5890 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
5891 /* do not break "#a b" when 'tw' is 2 */
5892 if (curwin->w_cursor.col <= leader_len)
5893 break;
5894 #endif
5895 col = curwin->w_cursor.col;
5896 dec_cursor();
5897 cc = gchar_cursor();
5899 if (WHITECHAR(cc))
5900 continue; /* one-letter, continue */
5901 curwin->w_cursor.col = col;
5904 inc_cursor();
5906 end_foundcol = end_col + 1;
5907 foundcol = curwin->w_cursor.col;
5908 if (curwin->w_cursor.col <= (colnr_T)wantcol)
5909 break;
5911 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
5912 else if (cc >= 0x100 && fo_multibyte)
5914 /* Break after or before a multi-byte character. */
5915 if (curwin->w_cursor.col != startcol)
5917 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
5918 /* Don't break until after the comment leader */
5919 if (curwin->w_cursor.col < leader_len)
5920 break;
5921 #endif
5922 col = curwin->w_cursor.col;
5923 inc_cursor();
5924 /* Don't change end_foundcol if already set. */
5925 if (foundcol != curwin->w_cursor.col)
5927 foundcol = curwin->w_cursor.col;
5928 end_foundcol = foundcol;
5929 if (curwin->w_cursor.col <= (colnr_T)wantcol)
5930 break;
5932 curwin->w_cursor.col = col;
5935 if (curwin->w_cursor.col == 0)
5936 break;
5938 col = curwin->w_cursor.col;
5940 dec_cursor();
5941 cc = gchar_cursor();
5943 if (WHITECHAR(cc))
5944 continue; /* break with space */
5945 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
5946 /* Don't break until after the comment leader */
5947 if (curwin->w_cursor.col < leader_len)
5948 break;
5949 #endif
5951 curwin->w_cursor.col = col;
5953 foundcol = curwin->w_cursor.col;
5954 end_foundcol = foundcol;
5955 if (curwin->w_cursor.col <= (colnr_T)wantcol)
5956 break;
5958 #endif
5959 if (curwin->w_cursor.col == 0)
5960 break;
5961 dec_cursor();
5964 if (foundcol == 0) /* no spaces, cannot break line */
5966 curwin->w_cursor.col = startcol;
5967 break;
5970 /* Going to break the line, remove any "$" now. */
5971 undisplay_dollar();
5974 * Offset between cursor position and line break is used by replace
5975 * stack functions. VREPLACE does not use this, and backspaces
5976 * over the text instead.
5978 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
5979 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
5980 orig_col = startcol; /* Will start backspacing from here */
5981 else
5982 #endif
5983 replace_offset = startcol - end_foundcol;
5986 * adjust startcol for spaces that will be deleted and
5987 * characters that will remain on top line
5989 curwin->w_cursor.col = foundcol;
5990 while ((cc = gchar_cursor(), WHITECHAR(cc))
5991 && (!fo_white_par || curwin->w_cursor.col < startcol))
5992 inc_cursor();
5993 startcol -= curwin->w_cursor.col;
5994 if (startcol < 0)
5995 startcol = 0;
5997 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
5998 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
6001 * In VREPLACE mode, we will backspace over the text to be
6002 * wrapped, so save a copy now to put on the next line.
6004 saved_text = vim_strsave(ml_get_cursor());
6005 curwin->w_cursor.col = orig_col;
6006 if (saved_text == NULL)
6007 break; /* Can't do it, out of memory */
6008 saved_text[startcol] = NUL;
6010 /* Backspace over characters that will move to the next line */
6011 if (!fo_white_par)
6012 backspace_until_column(foundcol);
6014 else
6015 #endif
6017 /* put cursor after pos. to break line */
6018 if (!fo_white_par)
6019 curwin->w_cursor.col = foundcol;
6023 * Split the line just before the margin.
6024 * Only insert/delete lines, but don't really redraw the window.
6026 open_line(FORWARD, OPENLINE_DELSPACES + OPENLINE_MARKFIX
6027 + (fo_white_par ? OPENLINE_KEEPTRAIL : 0)
6028 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
6029 + (do_comments ? OPENLINE_DO_COM : 0)
6030 #endif
6031 , old_indent);
6032 old_indent = 0;
6034 replace_offset = 0;
6035 if (first_line)
6037 if (second_indent < 0 && has_format_option(FO_Q_NUMBER))
6038 second_indent = get_number_indent(curwin->w_cursor.lnum -1);
6039 if (second_indent >= 0)
6041 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
6042 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
6043 change_indent(INDENT_SET, second_indent, FALSE, NUL, TRUE);
6044 else
6045 #endif
6046 (void)set_indent(second_indent, SIN_CHANGED);
6048 first_line = FALSE;
6051 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
6052 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
6055 * In VREPLACE mode we have backspaced over the text to be
6056 * moved, now we re-insert it into the new line.
6058 ins_bytes(saved_text);
6059 vim_free(saved_text);
6061 else
6062 #endif
6065 * Check if cursor is not past the NUL off the line, cindent
6066 * may have added or removed indent.
6068 curwin->w_cursor.col += startcol;
6069 len = (colnr_T)STRLEN(ml_get_curline());
6070 if (curwin->w_cursor.col > len)
6071 curwin->w_cursor.col = len;
6074 haveto_redraw = TRUE;
6075 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
6076 can_cindent = TRUE;
6077 #endif
6078 /* moved the cursor, don't autoindent or cindent now */
6079 did_ai = FALSE;
6080 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
6081 did_si = FALSE;
6082 can_si = FALSE;
6083 can_si_back = FALSE;
6084 #endif
6085 line_breakcheck();
6088 if (save_char != NUL) /* put back space after cursor */
6089 pchar_cursor(save_char);
6091 if (!format_only && haveto_redraw)
6093 update_topline();
6094 redraw_curbuf_later(VALID);
6099 * Called after inserting or deleting text: When 'formatoptions' includes the
6100 * 'a' flag format from the current line until the end of the paragraph.
6101 * Keep the cursor at the same position relative to the text.
6102 * The caller must have saved the cursor line for undo, following ones will be
6103 * saved here.
6105 void
6106 auto_format(trailblank, prev_line)
6107 int trailblank; /* when TRUE also format with trailing blank */
6108 int prev_line; /* may start in previous line */
6110 pos_T pos;
6111 colnr_T len;
6112 char_u *old;
6113 char_u *new, *pnew;
6114 int wasatend;
6115 int cc;
6117 if (!has_format_option(FO_AUTO))
6118 return;
6120 pos = curwin->w_cursor;
6121 old = ml_get_curline();
6123 /* may remove added space */
6124 check_auto_format(FALSE);
6126 /* Don't format in Insert mode when the cursor is on a trailing blank, the
6127 * user might insert normal text next. Also skip formatting when "1" is
6128 * in 'formatoptions' and there is a single character before the cursor.
6129 * Otherwise the line would be broken and when typing another non-white
6130 * next they are not joined back together. */
6131 wasatend = (pos.col == (colnr_T)STRLEN(old));
6132 if (*old != NUL && !trailblank && wasatend)
6134 dec_cursor();
6135 cc = gchar_cursor();
6136 if (!WHITECHAR(cc) && curwin->w_cursor.col > 0
6137 && has_format_option(FO_ONE_LETTER))
6138 dec_cursor();
6139 cc = gchar_cursor();
6140 if (WHITECHAR(cc))
6142 curwin->w_cursor = pos;
6143 return;
6145 curwin->w_cursor = pos;
6148 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
6149 /* With the 'c' flag in 'formatoptions' and 't' missing: only format
6150 * comments. */
6151 if (has_format_option(FO_WRAP_COMS) && !has_format_option(FO_WRAP)
6152 && get_leader_len(old, NULL, FALSE) == 0)
6153 return;
6154 #endif
6157 * May start formatting in a previous line, so that after "x" a word is
6158 * moved to the previous line if it fits there now. Only when this is not
6159 * the start of a paragraph.
6161 if (prev_line && !paragraph_start(curwin->w_cursor.lnum))
6163 --curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
6164 if (u_save_cursor() == FAIL)
6165 return;
6169 * Do the formatting and restore the cursor position. "saved_cursor" will
6170 * be adjusted for the text formatting.
6172 saved_cursor = pos;
6173 format_lines((linenr_T)-1, FALSE);
6174 curwin->w_cursor = saved_cursor;
6175 saved_cursor.lnum = 0;
6177 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum > curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count)
6179 /* "cannot happen" */
6180 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count;
6181 coladvance((colnr_T)MAXCOL);
6183 else
6184 check_cursor_col();
6186 /* Insert mode: If the cursor is now after the end of the line while it
6187 * previously wasn't, the line was broken. Because of the rule above we
6188 * need to add a space when 'w' is in 'formatoptions' to keep a paragraph
6189 * formatted. */
6190 if (!wasatend && has_format_option(FO_WHITE_PAR))
6192 new = ml_get_curline();
6193 len = (colnr_T)STRLEN(new);
6194 if (curwin->w_cursor.col == len)
6196 pnew = vim_strnsave(new, len + 2);
6197 pnew[len] = ' ';
6198 pnew[len + 1] = NUL;
6199 ml_replace(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, pnew, FALSE);
6200 /* remove the space later */
6201 did_add_space = TRUE;
6203 else
6204 /* may remove added space */
6205 check_auto_format(FALSE);
6208 check_cursor();
6212 * When an extra space was added to continue a paragraph for auto-formatting,
6213 * delete it now. The space must be under the cursor, just after the insert
6214 * position.
6216 static void
6217 check_auto_format(end_insert)
6218 int end_insert; /* TRUE when ending Insert mode */
6220 int c = ' ';
6221 int cc;
6223 if (did_add_space)
6225 cc = gchar_cursor();
6226 if (!WHITECHAR(cc))
6227 /* Somehow the space was removed already. */
6228 did_add_space = FALSE;
6229 else
6231 if (!end_insert)
6233 inc_cursor();
6234 c = gchar_cursor();
6235 dec_cursor();
6237 if (c != NUL)
6239 /* The space is no longer at the end of the line, delete it. */
6240 del_char(FALSE);
6241 did_add_space = FALSE;
6248 * Find out textwidth to be used for formatting:
6249 * if 'textwidth' option is set, use it
6250 * else if 'wrapmargin' option is set, use W_WIDTH(curwin) - 'wrapmargin'
6251 * if invalid value, use 0.
6252 * Set default to window width (maximum 79) for "gq" operator.
6255 comp_textwidth(ff)
6256 int ff; /* force formatting (for "gq" command) */
6258 int textwidth;
6260 textwidth = curbuf->b_p_tw;
6261 if (textwidth == 0 && curbuf->b_p_wm)
6263 /* The width is the window width minus 'wrapmargin' minus all the
6264 * things that add to the margin. */
6265 textwidth = W_WIDTH(curwin) - curbuf->b_p_wm;
6266 #ifdef FEAT_CMDWIN
6267 if (cmdwin_type != 0)
6268 textwidth -= 1;
6269 #endif
6270 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
6271 textwidth -= curwin->w_p_fdc;
6272 #endif
6273 #ifdef FEAT_SIGNS
6274 if (curwin->w_buffer->b_signlist != NULL
6275 # ifdef FEAT_NETBEANS_INTG
6276 || usingNetbeans
6277 # endif
6279 textwidth -= 1;
6280 #endif
6281 if (curwin->w_p_nu)
6282 textwidth -= 8;
6284 if (textwidth < 0)
6285 textwidth = 0;
6286 if (ff && textwidth == 0)
6288 textwidth = W_WIDTH(curwin) - 1;
6289 if (textwidth > 79)
6290 textwidth = 79;
6292 return textwidth;
6296 * Put a character in the redo buffer, for when just after a CTRL-V.
6298 static void
6299 redo_literal(c)
6300 int c;
6302 char_u buf[10];
6304 /* Only digits need special treatment. Translate them into a string of
6305 * three digits. */
6306 if (VIM_ISDIGIT(c))
6308 vim_snprintf((char *)buf, sizeof(buf), "%03d", c);
6309 AppendToRedobuff(buf);
6311 else
6312 AppendCharToRedobuff(c);
6316 * start_arrow() is called when an arrow key is used in insert mode.
6317 * For undo/redo it resembles hitting the <ESC> key.
6319 static void
6320 start_arrow(end_insert_pos)
6321 pos_T *end_insert_pos; /* can be NULL */
6323 if (!arrow_used) /* something has been inserted */
6325 AppendToRedobuff(ESC_STR);
6326 stop_insert(end_insert_pos, FALSE);
6327 arrow_used = TRUE; /* this means we stopped the current insert */
6329 #ifdef FEAT_SPELL
6330 check_spell_redraw();
6331 #endif
6334 #ifdef FEAT_SPELL
6336 * If we skipped highlighting word at cursor, do it now.
6337 * It may be skipped again, thus reset spell_redraw_lnum first.
6339 static void
6340 check_spell_redraw()
6342 if (spell_redraw_lnum != 0)
6344 linenr_T lnum = spell_redraw_lnum;
6346 spell_redraw_lnum = 0;
6347 redrawWinline(lnum, FALSE);
6352 * Called when starting CTRL_X_SPELL mode: Move backwards to a previous badly
6353 * spelled word, if there is one.
6355 static void
6356 spell_back_to_badword()
6358 pos_T tpos = curwin->w_cursor;
6360 spell_bad_len = spell_move_to(curwin, BACKWARD, TRUE, TRUE, NULL);
6361 if (curwin->w_cursor.col != tpos.col)
6362 start_arrow(&tpos);
6364 #endif
6367 * stop_arrow() is called before a change is made in insert mode.
6368 * If an arrow key has been used, start a new insertion.
6369 * Returns FAIL if undo is impossible, shouldn't insert then.
6372 stop_arrow()
6374 if (arrow_used)
6376 if (u_save_cursor() == OK)
6378 arrow_used = FALSE;
6379 ins_need_undo = FALSE;
6381 Insstart = curwin->w_cursor; /* new insertion starts here */
6382 Insstart_textlen = (colnr_T)linetabsize(ml_get_curline());
6383 ai_col = 0;
6384 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
6385 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
6387 orig_line_count = curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count;
6388 vr_lines_changed = 1;
6390 #endif
6391 ResetRedobuff();
6392 AppendToRedobuff((char_u *)"1i"); /* pretend we start an insertion */
6393 new_insert_skip = 2;
6395 else if (ins_need_undo)
6397 if (u_save_cursor() == OK)
6398 ins_need_undo = FALSE;
6401 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
6402 /* Always open fold at the cursor line when inserting something. */
6403 foldOpenCursor();
6404 #endif
6406 return (arrow_used || ins_need_undo ? FAIL : OK);
6410 * Do a few things to stop inserting.
6411 * "end_insert_pos" is where insert ended. It is NULL when we already jumped
6412 * to another window/buffer.
6414 static void
6415 stop_insert(end_insert_pos, esc)
6416 pos_T *end_insert_pos;
6417 int esc; /* called by ins_esc() */
6419 int cc;
6420 char_u *ptr;
6422 stop_redo_ins();
6423 replace_flush(); /* abandon replace stack */
6426 * Save the inserted text for later redo with ^@ and CTRL-A.
6427 * Don't do it when "restart_edit" was set and nothing was inserted,
6428 * otherwise CTRL-O w and then <Left> will clear "last_insert".
6430 ptr = get_inserted();
6431 if (did_restart_edit == 0 || (ptr != NULL
6432 && (int)STRLEN(ptr) > new_insert_skip))
6434 vim_free(last_insert);
6435 last_insert = ptr;
6436 last_insert_skip = new_insert_skip;
6438 else
6439 vim_free(ptr);
6441 if (!arrow_used && end_insert_pos != NULL)
6443 /* Auto-format now. It may seem strange to do this when stopping an
6444 * insertion (or moving the cursor), but it's required when appending
6445 * a line and having it end in a space. But only do it when something
6446 * was actually inserted, otherwise undo won't work. */
6447 if (!ins_need_undo && has_format_option(FO_AUTO))
6449 pos_T tpos = curwin->w_cursor;
6451 /* When the cursor is at the end of the line after a space the
6452 * formatting will move it to the following word. Avoid that by
6453 * moving the cursor onto the space. */
6454 cc = 'x';
6455 if (curwin->w_cursor.col > 0 && gchar_cursor() == NUL)
6457 dec_cursor();
6458 cc = gchar_cursor();
6459 if (!vim_iswhite(cc))
6460 curwin->w_cursor = tpos;
6463 auto_format(TRUE, FALSE);
6465 if (vim_iswhite(cc))
6467 if (gchar_cursor() != NUL)
6468 inc_cursor();
6469 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
6470 /* If the cursor is still at the same character, also keep
6471 * the "coladd". */
6472 if (gchar_cursor() == NUL
6473 && curwin->w_cursor.lnum == tpos.lnum
6474 && curwin->w_cursor.col == tpos.col)
6475 curwin->w_cursor.coladd = tpos.coladd;
6476 #endif
6480 /* If a space was inserted for auto-formatting, remove it now. */
6481 check_auto_format(TRUE);
6483 /* If we just did an auto-indent, remove the white space from the end
6484 * of the line, and put the cursor back.
6485 * Do this when ESC was used or moving the cursor up/down.
6486 * Check for the old position still being valid, just in case the text
6487 * got changed unexpectedly. */
6488 if (did_ai && (esc || (vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_INDENT) == NULL
6489 && curwin->w_cursor.lnum != end_insert_pos->lnum))
6490 && end_insert_pos->lnum <= curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count)
6492 pos_T tpos = curwin->w_cursor;
6494 curwin->w_cursor = *end_insert_pos;
6495 check_cursor_col(); /* make sure it is not past the line */
6496 for (;;)
6498 if (gchar_cursor() == NUL && curwin->w_cursor.col > 0)
6499 --curwin->w_cursor.col;
6500 cc = gchar_cursor();
6501 if (!vim_iswhite(cc))
6502 break;
6503 if (del_char(TRUE) == FAIL)
6504 break; /* should not happen */
6506 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum != tpos.lnum)
6507 curwin->w_cursor = tpos;
6508 else if (cc != NUL)
6509 ++curwin->w_cursor.col; /* put cursor back on the NUL */
6511 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL
6512 /* <C-S-Right> may have started Visual mode, adjust the position for
6513 * deleted characters. */
6514 if (VIsual_active && VIsual.lnum == curwin->w_cursor.lnum)
6516 int len = (int)STRLEN(ml_get_curline());
6518 if (VIsual.col > len)
6520 VIsual.col = len;
6521 # ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
6522 VIsual.coladd = 0;
6523 # endif
6526 #endif
6529 did_ai = FALSE;
6530 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
6531 did_si = FALSE;
6532 can_si = FALSE;
6533 can_si_back = FALSE;
6534 #endif
6536 /* Set '[ and '] to the inserted text. When end_insert_pos is NULL we are
6537 * now in a different buffer. */
6538 if (end_insert_pos != NULL)
6540 curbuf->b_op_start = Insstart;
6541 curbuf->b_op_end = *end_insert_pos;
6546 * Set the last inserted text to a single character.
6547 * Used for the replace command.
6549 void
6550 set_last_insert(c)
6551 int c;
6553 char_u *s;
6555 vim_free(last_insert);
6556 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
6557 last_insert = alloc(MB_MAXBYTES * 3 + 5);
6558 #else
6559 last_insert = alloc(6);
6560 #endif
6561 if (last_insert != NULL)
6563 s = last_insert;
6564 /* Use the CTRL-V only when entering a special char */
6565 if (c < ' ' || c == DEL)
6566 *s++ = Ctrl_V;
6567 s = add_char2buf(c, s);
6568 *s++ = ESC;
6569 *s++ = NUL;
6570 last_insert_skip = 0;
6574 #if defined(EXITFREE) || defined(PROTO)
6575 void
6576 free_last_insert()
6578 vim_free(last_insert);
6579 last_insert = NULL;
6580 # ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
6581 vim_free(compl_orig_text);
6582 compl_orig_text = NULL;
6583 # endif
6585 #endif
6588 * Add character "c" to buffer "s". Escape the special meaning of K_SPECIAL
6589 * and CSI. Handle multi-byte characters.
6590 * Returns a pointer to after the added bytes.
6592 char_u *
6593 add_char2buf(c, s)
6594 int c;
6595 char_u *s;
6597 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
6598 char_u temp[MB_MAXBYTES];
6599 int i;
6600 int len;
6602 len = (*mb_char2bytes)(c, temp);
6603 for (i = 0; i < len; ++i)
6605 c = temp[i];
6606 #endif
6607 /* Need to escape K_SPECIAL and CSI like in the typeahead buffer. */
6608 if (c == K_SPECIAL)
6610 *s++ = K_SPECIAL;
6611 *s++ = KS_SPECIAL;
6612 *s++ = KE_FILLER;
6614 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
6615 else if (c == CSI)
6617 *s++ = CSI;
6618 *s++ = KS_EXTRA;
6619 *s++ = (int)KE_CSI;
6621 #endif
6622 else
6623 *s++ = c;
6624 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
6626 #endif
6627 return s;
6631 * move cursor to start of line
6632 * if flags & BL_WHITE move to first non-white
6633 * if flags & BL_SOL move to first non-white if startofline is set,
6634 * otherwise keep "curswant" column
6635 * if flags & BL_FIX don't leave the cursor on a NUL.
6637 void
6638 beginline(flags)
6639 int flags;
6641 if ((flags & BL_SOL) && !p_sol)
6642 coladvance(curwin->w_curswant);
6643 else
6645 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
6646 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
6647 curwin->w_cursor.coladd = 0;
6648 #endif
6650 if (flags & (BL_WHITE | BL_SOL))
6652 char_u *ptr;
6654 for (ptr = ml_get_curline(); vim_iswhite(*ptr)
6655 && !((flags & BL_FIX) && ptr[1] == NUL); ++ptr)
6656 ++curwin->w_cursor.col;
6658 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE;
6663 * oneright oneleft cursor_down cursor_up
6665 * Move one char {right,left,down,up}.
6666 * Doesn't move onto the NUL past the end of the line, unless it is allowed.
6667 * Return OK when successful, FAIL when we hit a line of file boundary.
6671 oneright()
6673 char_u *ptr;
6674 int l;
6676 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
6677 if (virtual_active())
6679 pos_T prevpos = curwin->w_cursor;
6681 /* Adjust for multi-wide char (excluding TAB) */
6682 ptr = ml_get_cursor();
6683 coladvance(getviscol() + ((*ptr != TAB && vim_isprintc(
6684 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
6685 (*mb_ptr2char)(ptr)
6686 # else
6687 *ptr
6688 # endif
6690 ? ptr2cells(ptr) : 1));
6691 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE;
6692 /* Return OK if the cursor moved, FAIL otherwise (at window edge). */
6693 return (prevpos.col != curwin->w_cursor.col
6694 || prevpos.coladd != curwin->w_cursor.coladd) ? OK : FAIL;
6696 #endif
6698 ptr = ml_get_cursor();
6699 if (*ptr == NUL)
6700 return FAIL; /* already at the very end */
6702 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
6703 if (has_mbyte)
6704 l = (*mb_ptr2len)(ptr);
6705 else
6706 #endif
6707 l = 1;
6709 /* move "l" bytes right, but don't end up on the NUL, unless 'virtualedit'
6710 * contains "onemore". */
6711 if (ptr[l] == NUL
6712 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
6713 && (ve_flags & VE_ONEMORE) == 0
6714 #endif
6716 return FAIL;
6717 curwin->w_cursor.col += l;
6719 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE;
6720 return OK;
6724 oneleft()
6726 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
6727 if (virtual_active())
6729 int width;
6730 int v = getviscol();
6732 if (v == 0)
6733 return FAIL;
6735 # ifdef FEAT_LINEBREAK
6736 /* We might get stuck on 'showbreak', skip over it. */
6737 width = 1;
6738 for (;;)
6740 coladvance(v - width);
6741 /* getviscol() is slow, skip it when 'showbreak' is empty and
6742 * there are no multi-byte characters */
6743 if ((*p_sbr == NUL
6744 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
6745 && !has_mbyte
6746 # endif
6747 ) || getviscol() < v)
6748 break;
6749 ++width;
6751 # else
6752 coladvance(v - 1);
6753 # endif
6755 if (curwin->w_cursor.coladd == 1)
6757 char_u *ptr;
6759 /* Adjust for multi-wide char (not a TAB) */
6760 ptr = ml_get_cursor();
6761 if (*ptr != TAB && vim_isprintc(
6762 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
6763 (*mb_ptr2char)(ptr)
6764 # else
6765 *ptr
6766 # endif
6767 ) && ptr2cells(ptr) > 1)
6768 curwin->w_cursor.coladd = 0;
6771 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE;
6772 return OK;
6774 #endif
6776 if (curwin->w_cursor.col == 0)
6777 return FAIL;
6779 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE;
6780 --curwin->w_cursor.col;
6782 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
6783 /* if the character on the left of the current cursor is a multi-byte
6784 * character, move to its first byte */
6785 if (has_mbyte)
6786 mb_adjust_cursor();
6787 #endif
6788 return OK;
6792 cursor_up(n, upd_topline)
6793 long n;
6794 int upd_topline; /* When TRUE: update topline */
6796 linenr_T lnum;
6798 if (n > 0)
6800 lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
6801 /* This fails if the cursor is already in the first line or the count
6802 * is larger than the line number and '-' is in 'cpoptions' */
6803 if (lnum <= 1 || (n >= lnum && vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_MINUS) != NULL))
6804 return FAIL;
6805 if (n >= lnum)
6806 lnum = 1;
6807 else
6808 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
6809 if (hasAnyFolding(curwin))
6812 * Count each sequence of folded lines as one logical line.
6814 /* go to the the start of the current fold */
6815 (void)hasFolding(lnum, &lnum, NULL);
6817 while (n--)
6819 /* move up one line */
6820 --lnum;
6821 if (lnum <= 1)
6822 break;
6823 /* If we entered a fold, move to the beginning, unless in
6824 * Insert mode or when 'foldopen' contains "all": it will open
6825 * in a moment. */
6826 if (n > 0 || !((State & INSERT) || (fdo_flags & FDO_ALL)))
6827 (void)hasFolding(lnum, &lnum, NULL);
6829 if (lnum < 1)
6830 lnum = 1;
6832 else
6833 #endif
6834 lnum -= n;
6835 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = lnum;
6838 /* try to advance to the column we want to be at */
6839 coladvance(curwin->w_curswant);
6841 if (upd_topline)
6842 update_topline(); /* make sure curwin->w_topline is valid */
6844 return OK;
6848 * Cursor down a number of logical lines.
6851 cursor_down(n, upd_topline)
6852 long n;
6853 int upd_topline; /* When TRUE: update topline */
6855 linenr_T lnum;
6857 if (n > 0)
6859 lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
6860 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
6861 /* Move to last line of fold, will fail if it's the end-of-file. */
6862 (void)hasFolding(lnum, NULL, &lnum);
6863 #endif
6864 /* This fails if the cursor is already in the last line or would move
6865 * beyound the last line and '-' is in 'cpoptions' */
6866 if (lnum >= curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count
6867 || (lnum + n > curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count
6868 && vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_MINUS) != NULL))
6869 return FAIL;
6870 if (lnum + n >= curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count)
6871 lnum = curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count;
6872 else
6873 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
6874 if (hasAnyFolding(curwin))
6876 linenr_T last;
6878 /* count each sequence of folded lines as one logical line */
6879 while (n--)
6881 if (hasFolding(lnum, NULL, &last))
6882 lnum = last + 1;
6883 else
6884 ++lnum;
6885 if (lnum >= curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count)
6886 break;
6888 if (lnum > curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count)
6889 lnum = curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count;
6891 else
6892 #endif
6893 lnum += n;
6894 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = lnum;
6897 /* try to advance to the column we want to be at */
6898 coladvance(curwin->w_curswant);
6900 if (upd_topline)
6901 update_topline(); /* make sure curwin->w_topline is valid */
6903 return OK;
6907 * Stuff the last inserted text in the read buffer.
6908 * Last_insert actually is a copy of the redo buffer, so we
6909 * first have to remove the command.
6912 stuff_inserted(c, count, no_esc)
6913 int c; /* Command character to be inserted */
6914 long count; /* Repeat this many times */
6915 int no_esc; /* Don't add an ESC at the end */
6917 char_u *esc_ptr;
6918 char_u *ptr;
6919 char_u *last_ptr;
6920 char_u last = NUL;
6922 ptr = get_last_insert();
6923 if (ptr == NULL)
6925 EMSG(_(e_noinstext));
6926 return FAIL;
6929 /* may want to stuff the command character, to start Insert mode */
6930 if (c != NUL)
6931 stuffcharReadbuff(c);
6932 if ((esc_ptr = (char_u *)vim_strrchr(ptr, ESC)) != NULL)
6933 *esc_ptr = NUL; /* remove the ESC */
6935 /* when the last char is either "0" or "^" it will be quoted if no ESC
6936 * comes after it OR if it will inserted more than once and "ptr"
6937 * starts with ^D. -- Acevedo
6939 last_ptr = (esc_ptr ? esc_ptr : ptr + STRLEN(ptr)) - 1;
6940 if (last_ptr >= ptr && (*last_ptr == '0' || *last_ptr == '^')
6941 && (no_esc || (*ptr == Ctrl_D && count > 1)))
6943 last = *last_ptr;
6944 *last_ptr = NUL;
6949 stuffReadbuff(ptr);
6950 /* a trailing "0" is inserted as "<C-V>048", "^" as "<C-V>^" */
6951 if (last)
6952 stuffReadbuff((char_u *)(last == '0'
6953 ? IF_EB("\026\060\064\070", CTRL_V_STR "xf0")
6954 : IF_EB("\026^", CTRL_V_STR "^")));
6956 while (--count > 0);
6958 if (last)
6959 *last_ptr = last;
6961 if (esc_ptr != NULL)
6962 *esc_ptr = ESC; /* put the ESC back */
6964 /* may want to stuff a trailing ESC, to get out of Insert mode */
6965 if (!no_esc)
6966 stuffcharReadbuff(ESC);
6968 return OK;
6971 char_u *
6972 get_last_insert()
6974 if (last_insert == NULL)
6975 return NULL;
6976 return last_insert + last_insert_skip;
6980 * Get last inserted string, and remove trailing <Esc>.
6981 * Returns pointer to allocated memory (must be freed) or NULL.
6983 char_u *
6984 get_last_insert_save()
6986 char_u *s;
6987 int len;
6989 if (last_insert == NULL)
6990 return NULL;
6991 s = vim_strsave(last_insert + last_insert_skip);
6992 if (s != NULL)
6994 len = (int)STRLEN(s);
6995 if (len > 0 && s[len - 1] == ESC) /* remove trailing ESC */
6996 s[len - 1] = NUL;
6998 return s;
7002 * Check the word in front of the cursor for an abbreviation.
7003 * Called when the non-id character "c" has been entered.
7004 * When an abbreviation is recognized it is removed from the text and
7005 * the replacement string is inserted in typebuf.tb_buf[], followed by "c".
7007 static int
7008 echeck_abbr(c)
7009 int c;
7011 /* Don't check for abbreviation in paste mode, when disabled and just
7012 * after moving around with cursor keys. */
7013 if (p_paste || no_abbr || arrow_used)
7014 return FALSE;
7016 return check_abbr(c, ml_get_curline(), curwin->w_cursor.col,
7017 curwin->w_cursor.lnum == Insstart.lnum ? Insstart.col : 0);
7021 * replace-stack functions
7023 * When replacing characters, the replaced characters are remembered for each
7024 * new character. This is used to re-insert the old text when backspacing.
7026 * There is a NUL headed list of characters for each character that is
7027 * currently in the file after the insertion point. When BS is used, one NUL
7028 * headed list is put back for the deleted character.
7030 * For a newline, there are two NUL headed lists. One contains the characters
7031 * that the NL replaced. The extra one stores the characters after the cursor
7032 * that were deleted (always white space).
7034 * Replace_offset is normally 0, in which case replace_push will add a new
7035 * character at the end of the stack. If replace_offset is not 0, that many
7036 * characters will be left on the stack above the newly inserted character.
7039 static char_u *replace_stack = NULL;
7040 static long replace_stack_nr = 0; /* next entry in replace stack */
7041 static long replace_stack_len = 0; /* max. number of entries */
7043 void
7044 replace_push(c)
7045 int c; /* character that is replaced (NUL is none) */
7047 char_u *p;
7049 if (replace_stack_nr < replace_offset) /* nothing to do */
7050 return;
7051 if (replace_stack_len <= replace_stack_nr)
7053 replace_stack_len += 50;
7054 p = lalloc(sizeof(char_u) * replace_stack_len, TRUE);
7055 if (p == NULL) /* out of memory */
7057 replace_stack_len -= 50;
7058 return;
7060 if (replace_stack != NULL)
7062 mch_memmove(p, replace_stack,
7063 (size_t)(replace_stack_nr * sizeof(char_u)));
7064 vim_free(replace_stack);
7066 replace_stack = p;
7068 p = replace_stack + replace_stack_nr - replace_offset;
7069 if (replace_offset)
7070 mch_memmove(p + 1, p, (size_t)(replace_offset * sizeof(char_u)));
7071 *p = c;
7072 ++replace_stack_nr;
7075 #if defined(FEAT_MBYTE) || defined(PROTO)
7077 * Push a character onto the replace stack. Handles a multi-byte character in
7078 * reverse byte order, so that the first byte is popped off first.
7079 * Return the number of bytes done (includes composing characters).
7082 replace_push_mb(p)
7083 char_u *p;
7085 int l = (*mb_ptr2len)(p);
7086 int j;
7088 for (j = l - 1; j >= 0; --j)
7089 replace_push(p[j]);
7090 return l;
7092 #endif
7094 #if 0
7096 * call replace_push(c) with replace_offset set to the first NUL.
7098 static void
7099 replace_push_off(c)
7100 int c;
7102 char_u *p;
7104 p = replace_stack + replace_stack_nr;
7105 for (replace_offset = 1; replace_offset < replace_stack_nr;
7106 ++replace_offset)
7107 if (*--p == NUL)
7108 break;
7109 replace_push(c);
7110 replace_offset = 0;
7112 #endif
7115 * Pop one item from the replace stack.
7116 * return -1 if stack empty
7117 * return replaced character or NUL otherwise
7119 static int
7120 replace_pop()
7122 if (replace_stack_nr == 0)
7123 return -1;
7124 return (int)replace_stack[--replace_stack_nr];
7128 * Join the top two items on the replace stack. This removes to "off"'th NUL
7129 * encountered.
7131 static void
7132 replace_join(off)
7133 int off; /* offset for which NUL to remove */
7135 int i;
7137 for (i = replace_stack_nr; --i >= 0; )
7138 if (replace_stack[i] == NUL && off-- <= 0)
7140 --replace_stack_nr;
7141 mch_memmove(replace_stack + i, replace_stack + i + 1,
7142 (size_t)(replace_stack_nr - i));
7143 return;
7148 * Pop bytes from the replace stack until a NUL is found, and insert them
7149 * before the cursor. Can only be used in REPLACE or VREPLACE mode.
7151 static void
7152 replace_pop_ins()
7154 int cc;
7155 int oldState = State;
7157 State = NORMAL; /* don't want REPLACE here */
7158 while ((cc = replace_pop()) > 0)
7160 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
7161 mb_replace_pop_ins(cc);
7162 #else
7163 ins_char(cc);
7164 #endif
7165 dec_cursor();
7167 State = oldState;
7170 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
7172 * Insert bytes popped from the replace stack. "cc" is the first byte. If it
7173 * indicates a multi-byte char, pop the other bytes too.
7175 static void
7176 mb_replace_pop_ins(cc)
7177 int cc;
7179 int n;
7180 char_u buf[MB_MAXBYTES];
7181 int i;
7182 int c;
7184 if (has_mbyte && (n = MB_BYTE2LEN(cc)) > 1)
7186 buf[0] = cc;
7187 for (i = 1; i < n; ++i)
7188 buf[i] = replace_pop();
7189 ins_bytes_len(buf, n);
7191 else
7192 ins_char(cc);
7194 if (enc_utf8)
7195 /* Handle composing chars. */
7196 for (;;)
7198 c = replace_pop();
7199 if (c == -1) /* stack empty */
7200 break;
7201 if ((n = MB_BYTE2LEN(c)) == 1)
7203 /* Not a multi-byte char, put it back. */
7204 replace_push(c);
7205 break;
7207 else
7209 buf[0] = c;
7210 for (i = 1; i < n; ++i)
7211 buf[i] = replace_pop();
7212 if (utf_iscomposing(utf_ptr2char(buf)))
7213 ins_bytes_len(buf, n);
7214 else
7216 /* Not a composing char, put it back. */
7217 for (i = n - 1; i >= 0; --i)
7218 replace_push(buf[i]);
7219 break;
7224 #endif
7227 * make the replace stack empty
7228 * (called when exiting replace mode)
7230 static void
7231 replace_flush()
7233 vim_free(replace_stack);
7234 replace_stack = NULL;
7235 replace_stack_len = 0;
7236 replace_stack_nr = 0;
7240 * Handle doing a BS for one character.
7241 * cc < 0: replace stack empty, just move cursor
7242 * cc == 0: character was inserted, delete it
7243 * cc > 0: character was replaced, put cc (first byte of original char) back
7244 * and check for more characters to be put back
7245 * When "limit_col" is >= 0, don't delete before this column. Matters when
7246 * using composing characters, use del_char_after_col() instead of del_char().
7248 static void
7249 replace_do_bs(limit_col)
7250 int limit_col;
7252 int cc;
7253 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
7254 int orig_len = 0;
7255 int ins_len;
7256 int orig_vcols = 0;
7257 colnr_T start_vcol;
7258 char_u *p;
7259 int i;
7260 int vcol;
7261 #endif
7263 cc = replace_pop();
7264 if (cc > 0)
7266 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
7267 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
7269 /* Get the number of screen cells used by the character we are
7270 * going to delete. */
7271 getvcol(curwin, &curwin->w_cursor, NULL, &start_vcol, NULL);
7272 orig_vcols = chartabsize(ml_get_cursor(), start_vcol);
7274 #endif
7275 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
7276 if (has_mbyte)
7278 (void)del_char_after_col(limit_col);
7279 # ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
7280 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
7281 orig_len = (int)STRLEN(ml_get_cursor());
7282 # endif
7283 replace_push(cc);
7285 else
7286 #endif
7288 pchar_cursor(cc);
7289 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
7290 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
7291 orig_len = (int)STRLEN(ml_get_cursor()) - 1;
7292 #endif
7294 replace_pop_ins();
7296 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
7297 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
7299 /* Get the number of screen cells used by the inserted characters */
7300 p = ml_get_cursor();
7301 ins_len = (int)STRLEN(p) - orig_len;
7302 vcol = start_vcol;
7303 for (i = 0; i < ins_len; ++i)
7305 vcol += chartabsize(p + i, vcol);
7306 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
7307 i += (*mb_ptr2len)(p) - 1;
7308 #endif
7310 vcol -= start_vcol;
7312 /* Delete spaces that were inserted after the cursor to keep the
7313 * text aligned. */
7314 curwin->w_cursor.col += ins_len;
7315 while (vcol > orig_vcols && gchar_cursor() == ' ')
7317 del_char(FALSE);
7318 ++orig_vcols;
7320 curwin->w_cursor.col -= ins_len;
7322 #endif
7324 /* mark the buffer as changed and prepare for displaying */
7325 changed_bytes(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, curwin->w_cursor.col);
7327 else if (cc == 0)
7328 (void)del_char_after_col(limit_col);
7331 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
7333 * Return TRUE if C-indenting is on.
7335 static int
7336 cindent_on()
7338 return (!p_paste && (curbuf->b_p_cin
7339 # ifdef FEAT_EVAL
7340 || *curbuf->b_p_inde != NUL
7341 # endif
7344 #endif
7346 #if defined(FEAT_LISP) || defined(FEAT_CINDENT) || defined(PROTO)
7348 * Re-indent the current line, based on the current contents of it and the
7349 * surrounding lines. Fixing the cursor position seems really easy -- I'm very
7350 * confused what all the part that handles Control-T is doing that I'm not.
7351 * "get_the_indent" should be get_c_indent, get_expr_indent or get_lisp_indent.
7354 void
7355 fixthisline(get_the_indent)
7356 int (*get_the_indent) __ARGS((void));
7358 change_indent(INDENT_SET, get_the_indent(), FALSE, 0, TRUE);
7359 if (linewhite(curwin->w_cursor.lnum))
7360 did_ai = TRUE; /* delete the indent if the line stays empty */
7363 void
7364 fix_indent()
7366 if (p_paste)
7367 return;
7368 # ifdef FEAT_LISP
7369 if (curbuf->b_p_lisp && curbuf->b_p_ai)
7370 fixthisline(get_lisp_indent);
7371 # endif
7372 # if defined(FEAT_LISP) && defined(FEAT_CINDENT)
7373 else
7374 # endif
7375 # ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
7376 if (cindent_on())
7377 do_c_expr_indent();
7378 # endif
7381 #endif
7383 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
7385 * return TRUE if 'cinkeys' contains the key "keytyped",
7386 * when == '*': Only if key is preceded with '*' (indent before insert)
7387 * when == '!': Only if key is prededed with '!' (don't insert)
7388 * when == ' ': Only if key is not preceded with '*'(indent afterwards)
7390 * "keytyped" can have a few special values:
7391 * KEY_OPEN_FORW
7392 * KEY_OPEN_BACK
7393 * KEY_COMPLETE just finished completion.
7395 * If line_is_empty is TRUE accept keys with '0' before them.
7398 in_cinkeys(keytyped, when, line_is_empty)
7399 int keytyped;
7400 int when;
7401 int line_is_empty;
7403 char_u *look;
7404 int try_match;
7405 int try_match_word;
7406 char_u *p;
7407 char_u *line;
7408 int icase;
7409 int i;
7411 if (keytyped == NUL)
7412 /* Can happen with CTRL-Y and CTRL-E on a short line. */
7413 return FALSE;
7415 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL
7416 if (*curbuf->b_p_inde != NUL)
7417 look = curbuf->b_p_indk; /* 'indentexpr' set: use 'indentkeys' */
7418 else
7419 #endif
7420 look = curbuf->b_p_cink; /* 'indentexpr' empty: use 'cinkeys' */
7421 while (*look)
7424 * Find out if we want to try a match with this key, depending on
7425 * 'when' and a '*' or '!' before the key.
7427 switch (when)
7429 case '*': try_match = (*look == '*'); break;
7430 case '!': try_match = (*look == '!'); break;
7431 default: try_match = (*look != '*'); break;
7433 if (*look == '*' || *look == '!')
7434 ++look;
7437 * If there is a '0', only accept a match if the line is empty.
7438 * But may still match when typing last char of a word.
7440 if (*look == '0')
7442 try_match_word = try_match;
7443 if (!line_is_empty)
7444 try_match = FALSE;
7445 ++look;
7447 else
7448 try_match_word = FALSE;
7451 * does it look like a control character?
7453 if (*look == '^'
7454 #ifdef EBCDIC
7455 && (Ctrl_chr(look[1]) != 0)
7456 #else
7457 && look[1] >= '?' && look[1] <= '_'
7458 #endif
7461 if (try_match && keytyped == Ctrl_chr(look[1]))
7462 return TRUE;
7463 look += 2;
7466 * 'o' means "o" command, open forward.
7467 * 'O' means "O" command, open backward.
7469 else if (*look == 'o')
7471 if (try_match && keytyped == KEY_OPEN_FORW)
7472 return TRUE;
7473 ++look;
7475 else if (*look == 'O')
7477 if (try_match && keytyped == KEY_OPEN_BACK)
7478 return TRUE;
7479 ++look;
7483 * 'e' means to check for "else" at start of line and just before the
7484 * cursor.
7486 else if (*look == 'e')
7488 if (try_match && keytyped == 'e' && curwin->w_cursor.col >= 4)
7490 p = ml_get_curline();
7491 if (skipwhite(p) == p + curwin->w_cursor.col - 4 &&
7492 STRNCMP(p + curwin->w_cursor.col - 4, "else", 4) == 0)
7493 return TRUE;
7495 ++look;
7499 * ':' only causes an indent if it is at the end of a label or case
7500 * statement, or when it was before typing the ':' (to fix
7501 * class::method for C++).
7503 else if (*look == ':')
7505 if (try_match && keytyped == ':')
7507 p = ml_get_curline();
7508 if (cin_iscase(p) || cin_isscopedecl(p) || cin_islabel(30))
7509 return TRUE;
7510 /* Need to get the line again after cin_islabel(). */
7511 p = ml_get_curline();
7512 if (curwin->w_cursor.col > 2
7513 && p[curwin->w_cursor.col - 1] == ':'
7514 && p[curwin->w_cursor.col - 2] == ':')
7516 p[curwin->w_cursor.col - 1] = ' ';
7517 i = (cin_iscase(p) || cin_isscopedecl(p)
7518 || cin_islabel(30));
7519 p = ml_get_curline();
7520 p[curwin->w_cursor.col - 1] = ':';
7521 if (i)
7522 return TRUE;
7525 ++look;
7530 * Is it a key in <>, maybe?
7532 else if (*look == '<')
7534 if (try_match)
7537 * make up some named keys <o>, <O>, <e>, <0>, <>>, <<>, <*>,
7538 * <:> and <!> so that people can re-indent on o, O, e, 0, <,
7539 * >, *, : and ! keys if they really really want to.
7541 if (vim_strchr((char_u *)"<>!*oOe0:", look[1]) != NULL
7542 && keytyped == look[1])
7543 return TRUE;
7545 if (keytyped == get_special_key_code(look + 1))
7546 return TRUE;
7548 while (*look && *look != '>')
7549 look++;
7550 while (*look == '>')
7551 look++;
7555 * Is it a word: "=word"?
7557 else if (*look == '=' && look[1] != ',' && look[1] != NUL)
7559 ++look;
7560 if (*look == '~')
7562 icase = TRUE;
7563 ++look;
7565 else
7566 icase = FALSE;
7567 p = vim_strchr(look, ',');
7568 if (p == NULL)
7569 p = look + STRLEN(look);
7570 if ((try_match || try_match_word)
7571 && curwin->w_cursor.col >= (colnr_T)(p - look))
7573 int match = FALSE;
7575 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
7576 if (keytyped == KEY_COMPLETE)
7578 char_u *s;
7580 /* Just completed a word, check if it starts with "look".
7581 * search back for the start of a word. */
7582 line = ml_get_curline();
7583 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
7584 if (has_mbyte)
7586 char_u *n;
7588 for (s = line + curwin->w_cursor.col; s > line; s = n)
7590 n = mb_prevptr(line, s);
7591 if (!vim_iswordp(n))
7592 break;
7595 else
7596 # endif
7597 for (s = line + curwin->w_cursor.col; s > line; --s)
7598 if (!vim_iswordc(s[-1]))
7599 break;
7600 if (s + (p - look) <= line + curwin->w_cursor.col
7601 && (icase
7602 ? MB_STRNICMP(s, look, p - look)
7603 : STRNCMP(s, look, p - look)) == 0)
7604 match = TRUE;
7606 else
7607 #endif
7608 /* TODO: multi-byte */
7609 if (keytyped == (int)p[-1] || (icase && keytyped < 256
7610 && TOLOWER_LOC(keytyped) == TOLOWER_LOC((int)p[-1])))
7612 line = ml_get_cursor();
7613 if ((curwin->w_cursor.col == (colnr_T)(p - look)
7614 || !vim_iswordc(line[-(p - look) - 1]))
7615 && (icase
7616 ? MB_STRNICMP(line - (p - look), look, p - look)
7617 : STRNCMP(line - (p - look), look, p - look))
7618 == 0)
7619 match = TRUE;
7621 if (match && try_match_word && !try_match)
7623 /* "0=word": Check if there are only blanks before the
7624 * word. */
7625 line = ml_get_curline();
7626 if ((int)(skipwhite(line) - line) !=
7627 (int)(curwin->w_cursor.col - (p - look)))
7628 match = FALSE;
7630 if (match)
7631 return TRUE;
7633 look = p;
7637 * ok, it's a boring generic character.
7639 else
7641 if (try_match && *look == keytyped)
7642 return TRUE;
7643 ++look;
7647 * Skip over ", ".
7649 look = skip_to_option_part(look);
7651 return FALSE;
7653 #endif /* FEAT_CINDENT */
7655 #if defined(FEAT_RIGHTLEFT) || defined(PROTO)
7657 * Map Hebrew keyboard when in hkmap mode.
7660 hkmap(c)
7661 int c;
7663 if (p_hkmapp) /* phonetic mapping, by Ilya Dogolazky */
7665 enum {hALEF=0, BET, GIMEL, DALET, HEI, VAV, ZAIN, HET, TET, IUD,
7666 KAFsofit, hKAF, LAMED, MEMsofit, MEM, NUNsofit, NUN, SAMEH, AIN,
7667 PEIsofit, PEI, ZADIsofit, ZADI, KOF, RESH, hSHIN, TAV};
7668 static char_u map[26] =
7669 {(char_u)hALEF/*a*/, (char_u)BET /*b*/, (char_u)hKAF /*c*/,
7670 (char_u)DALET/*d*/, (char_u)-1 /*e*/, (char_u)PEIsofit/*f*/,
7671 (char_u)GIMEL/*g*/, (char_u)HEI /*h*/, (char_u)IUD /*i*/,
7672 (char_u)HET /*j*/, (char_u)KOF /*k*/, (char_u)LAMED /*l*/,
7673 (char_u)MEM /*m*/, (char_u)NUN /*n*/, (char_u)SAMEH /*o*/,
7674 (char_u)PEI /*p*/, (char_u)-1 /*q*/, (char_u)RESH /*r*/,
7675 (char_u)ZAIN /*s*/, (char_u)TAV /*t*/, (char_u)TET /*u*/,
7676 (char_u)VAV /*v*/, (char_u)hSHIN/*w*/, (char_u)-1 /*x*/,
7677 (char_u)AIN /*y*/, (char_u)ZADI /*z*/};
7679 if (c == 'N' || c == 'M' || c == 'P' || c == 'C' || c == 'Z')
7680 return (int)(map[CharOrd(c)] - 1 + p_aleph);
7681 /* '-1'='sofit' */
7682 else if (c == 'x')
7683 return 'X';
7684 else if (c == 'q')
7685 return '\''; /* {geresh}={'} */
7686 else if (c == 246)
7687 return ' '; /* \"o --> ' ' for a german keyboard */
7688 else if (c == 228)
7689 return ' '; /* \"a --> ' ' -- / -- */
7690 else if (c == 252)
7691 return ' '; /* \"u --> ' ' -- / -- */
7692 #ifdef EBCDIC
7693 else if (islower(c))
7694 #else
7695 /* NOTE: islower() does not do the right thing for us on Linux so we
7696 * do this the same was as 5.7 and previous, so it works correctly on
7697 * all systems. Specifically, the e.g. Delete and Arrow keys are
7698 * munged and won't work if e.g. searching for Hebrew text.
7700 else if (c >= 'a' && c <= 'z')
7701 #endif
7702 return (int)(map[CharOrdLow(c)] + p_aleph);
7703 else
7704 return c;
7706 else
7708 switch (c)
7710 case '`': return ';';
7711 case '/': return '.';
7712 case '\'': return ',';
7713 case 'q': return '/';
7714 case 'w': return '\'';
7716 /* Hebrew letters - set offset from 'a' */
7717 case ',': c = '{'; break;
7718 case '.': c = 'v'; break;
7719 case ';': c = 't'; break;
7720 default: {
7721 static char str[] = "zqbcxlsjphmkwonu ydafe rig";
7723 #ifdef EBCDIC
7724 /* see note about islower() above */
7725 if (!islower(c))
7726 #else
7727 if (c < 'a' || c > 'z')
7728 #endif
7729 return c;
7730 c = str[CharOrdLow(c)];
7731 break;
7735 return (int)(CharOrdLow(c) + p_aleph);
7738 #endif
7740 static void
7741 ins_reg()
7743 int need_redraw = FALSE;
7744 int regname;
7745 int literally = 0;
7746 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL
7747 int vis_active = VIsual_active;
7748 #endif
7751 * If we are going to wait for a character, show a '"'.
7753 pc_status = PC_STATUS_UNSET;
7754 if (redrawing() && !char_avail())
7756 /* may need to redraw when no more chars available now */
7757 ins_redraw(FALSE);
7759 edit_putchar('"', TRUE);
7760 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO
7761 add_to_showcmd_c(Ctrl_R);
7762 #endif
7765 #ifdef USE_ON_FLY_SCROLL
7766 dont_scroll = TRUE; /* disallow scrolling here */
7767 #endif
7770 * Don't map the register name. This also prevents the mode message to be
7771 * deleted when ESC is hit.
7773 ++no_mapping;
7774 regname = plain_vgetc();
7775 LANGMAP_ADJUST(regname, TRUE);
7776 if (regname == Ctrl_R || regname == Ctrl_O || regname == Ctrl_P)
7778 /* Get a third key for literal register insertion */
7779 literally = regname;
7780 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO
7781 add_to_showcmd_c(literally);
7782 #endif
7783 regname = plain_vgetc();
7784 LANGMAP_ADJUST(regname, TRUE);
7786 --no_mapping;
7788 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL
7790 * Don't call u_sync() while getting the expression,
7791 * evaluating it or giving an error message for it!
7793 ++no_u_sync;
7794 if (regname == '=')
7796 # ifdef USE_IM_CONTROL
7797 int im_on = im_get_status();
7798 # endif
7799 regname = get_expr_register();
7800 # ifdef USE_IM_CONTROL
7801 /* Restore the Input Method. */
7802 if (im_on)
7803 im_set_active(TRUE);
7804 # endif
7806 if (regname == NUL || !valid_yank_reg(regname, FALSE))
7808 vim_beep();
7809 need_redraw = TRUE; /* remove the '"' */
7811 else
7813 #endif
7814 if (literally == Ctrl_O || literally == Ctrl_P)
7816 /* Append the command to the redo buffer. */
7817 AppendCharToRedobuff(Ctrl_R);
7818 AppendCharToRedobuff(literally);
7819 AppendCharToRedobuff(regname);
7821 do_put(regname, BACKWARD, 1L,
7822 (literally == Ctrl_P ? PUT_FIXINDENT : 0) | PUT_CURSEND);
7824 else if (insert_reg(regname, literally) == FAIL)
7826 vim_beep();
7827 need_redraw = TRUE; /* remove the '"' */
7829 else if (stop_insert_mode)
7830 /* When the '=' register was used and a function was invoked that
7831 * did ":stopinsert" then stuff_empty() returns FALSE but we won't
7832 * insert anything, need to remove the '"' */
7833 need_redraw = TRUE;
7835 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL
7837 --no_u_sync;
7838 #endif
7839 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO
7840 clear_showcmd();
7841 #endif
7843 /* If the inserted register is empty, we need to remove the '"' */
7844 if (need_redraw || stuff_empty())
7845 edit_unputchar();
7847 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL
7848 /* Disallow starting Visual mode here, would get a weird mode. */
7849 if (!vis_active && VIsual_active)
7850 end_visual_mode();
7851 #endif
7855 * CTRL-G commands in Insert mode.
7857 static void
7858 ins_ctrl_g()
7860 int c;
7862 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
7863 /* Right after CTRL-X the cursor will be after the ruler. */
7864 setcursor();
7865 #endif
7868 * Don't map the second key. This also prevents the mode message to be
7869 * deleted when ESC is hit.
7871 ++no_mapping;
7872 c = plain_vgetc();
7873 --no_mapping;
7874 switch (c)
7876 /* CTRL-G k and CTRL-G <Up>: cursor up to Insstart.col */
7877 case K_UP:
7878 case Ctrl_K:
7879 case 'k': ins_up(TRUE);
7880 break;
7882 /* CTRL-G j and CTRL-G <Down>: cursor down to Insstart.col */
7883 case K_DOWN:
7884 case Ctrl_J:
7885 case 'j': ins_down(TRUE);
7886 break;
7888 /* CTRL-G u: start new undoable edit */
7889 case 'u': u_sync(TRUE);
7890 ins_need_undo = TRUE;
7892 /* Need to reset Insstart, esp. because a BS that joins
7893 * a line to the previous one must save for undo. */
7894 Insstart = curwin->w_cursor;
7895 break;
7897 /* Unknown CTRL-G command, reserved for future expansion. */
7898 default: vim_beep();
7903 * CTRL-^ in Insert mode.
7905 static void
7906 ins_ctrl_hat()
7908 if (map_to_exists_mode((char_u *)"", LANGMAP, FALSE))
7910 /* ":lmap" mappings exists, Toggle use of ":lmap" mappings. */
7911 if (State & LANGMAP)
7913 curbuf->b_p_iminsert = B_IMODE_NONE;
7914 State &= ~LANGMAP;
7916 else
7918 curbuf->b_p_iminsert = B_IMODE_LMAP;
7919 State |= LANGMAP;
7920 #ifdef USE_IM_CONTROL
7921 im_set_active(FALSE);
7922 #endif
7925 #ifdef USE_IM_CONTROL
7926 else
7928 /* There are no ":lmap" mappings, toggle IM */
7929 if (im_get_status())
7931 curbuf->b_p_iminsert = B_IMODE_NONE;
7932 im_set_active(FALSE);
7934 else
7936 curbuf->b_p_iminsert = B_IMODE_IM;
7937 State &= ~LANGMAP;
7938 im_set_active(TRUE);
7941 #endif
7942 set_iminsert_global();
7943 showmode();
7944 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
7945 /* may show different cursor shape or color */
7946 if (gui.in_use)
7947 gui_update_cursor(TRUE, FALSE);
7948 #endif
7949 #if defined(FEAT_WINDOWS) && defined(FEAT_KEYMAP)
7950 /* Show/unshow value of 'keymap' in status lines. */
7951 status_redraw_curbuf();
7952 #endif
7956 * Handle ESC in insert mode.
7957 * Returns TRUE when leaving insert mode, FALSE when going to repeat the
7958 * insert.
7960 static int
7961 ins_esc(count, cmdchar, nomove)
7962 long *count;
7963 int cmdchar;
7964 int nomove; /* don't move cursor */
7966 int temp;
7967 static int disabled_redraw = FALSE;
7969 #ifdef FEAT_SPELL
7970 check_spell_redraw();
7971 #endif
7972 #if defined(FEAT_HANGULIN)
7973 # if defined(ESC_CHG_TO_ENG_MODE)
7974 hangul_input_state_set(0);
7975 # endif
7976 if (composing_hangul)
7978 push_raw_key(composing_hangul_buffer, 2);
7979 composing_hangul = 0;
7981 #endif
7983 temp = curwin->w_cursor.col;
7984 if (disabled_redraw)
7986 --RedrawingDisabled;
7987 disabled_redraw = FALSE;
7989 if (!arrow_used)
7992 * Don't append the ESC for "r<CR>" and "grx".
7993 * When 'insertmode' is set only CTRL-L stops Insert mode. Needed for
7994 * when "count" is non-zero.
7996 if (cmdchar != 'r' && cmdchar != 'v')
7997 AppendToRedobuff(p_im ? (char_u *)"\014" : ESC_STR);
8000 * Repeating insert may take a long time. Check for
8001 * interrupt now and then.
8003 if (*count > 0)
8005 line_breakcheck();
8006 if (got_int)
8007 *count = 0;
8010 if (--*count > 0) /* repeat what was typed */
8012 /* Vi repeats the insert without replacing characters. */
8013 if (vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_REPLCNT) != NULL)
8014 State &= ~REPLACE_FLAG;
8016 (void)start_redo_ins();
8017 if (cmdchar == 'r' || cmdchar == 'v')
8018 stuffReadbuff(ESC_STR); /* no ESC in redo buffer */
8019 ++RedrawingDisabled;
8020 disabled_redraw = TRUE;
8021 return FALSE; /* repeat the insert */
8023 stop_insert(&curwin->w_cursor, TRUE);
8024 undisplay_dollar();
8027 /* When an autoindent was removed, curswant stays after the
8028 * indent */
8029 if (restart_edit == NUL && (colnr_T)temp == curwin->w_cursor.col)
8030 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE;
8032 /* Remember the last Insert position in the '^ mark. */
8033 if (!cmdmod.keepjumps)
8034 curbuf->b_last_insert = curwin->w_cursor;
8037 * The cursor should end up on the last inserted character.
8038 * Don't do it for CTRL-O, unless past the end of the line.
8040 if (!nomove
8041 && (curwin->w_cursor.col != 0
8042 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
8043 || curwin->w_cursor.coladd > 0
8044 #endif
8046 && (restart_edit == NUL
8047 || (gchar_cursor() == NUL
8048 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL
8049 && !VIsual_active
8050 #endif
8052 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
8053 && !revins_on
8054 #endif
8057 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
8058 if (curwin->w_cursor.coladd > 0 || ve_flags == VE_ALL)
8060 oneleft();
8061 if (restart_edit != NUL)
8062 ++curwin->w_cursor.coladd;
8064 else
8065 #endif
8067 --curwin->w_cursor.col;
8068 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
8069 /* Correct cursor for multi-byte character. */
8070 if (has_mbyte)
8071 mb_adjust_cursor();
8072 #endif
8076 #ifdef USE_IM_CONTROL
8077 /* Disable IM to allow typing English directly for Normal mode commands.
8078 * When ":lmap" is enabled don't change 'iminsert' (IM can be enabled as
8079 * well). */
8080 if (!(State & LANGMAP))
8081 im_save_status(&curbuf->b_p_iminsert);
8082 im_set_active(FALSE);
8083 #endif
8085 State = NORMAL;
8086 /* need to position cursor again (e.g. when on a TAB ) */
8087 changed_cline_bef_curs();
8089 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE
8090 setmouse();
8091 #endif
8092 #ifdef CURSOR_SHAPE
8093 ui_cursor_shape(); /* may show different cursor shape */
8094 #endif
8097 * When recording or for CTRL-O, need to display the new mode.
8098 * Otherwise remove the mode message.
8100 if (Recording || restart_edit != NUL)
8101 showmode();
8102 else if (p_smd)
8103 MSG("");
8105 return TRUE; /* exit Insert mode */
8108 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
8110 * Toggle language: hkmap and revins_on.
8111 * Move to end of reverse inserted text.
8113 static void
8114 ins_ctrl_()
8116 if (revins_on && revins_chars && revins_scol >= 0)
8118 while (gchar_cursor() != NUL && revins_chars--)
8119 ++curwin->w_cursor.col;
8121 p_ri = !p_ri;
8122 revins_on = (State == INSERT && p_ri);
8123 if (revins_on)
8125 revins_scol = curwin->w_cursor.col;
8126 revins_legal++;
8127 revins_chars = 0;
8128 undisplay_dollar();
8130 else
8131 revins_scol = -1;
8132 #ifdef FEAT_FKMAP
8133 if (p_altkeymap)
8136 * to be consistent also for redo command, using '.'
8137 * set arrow_used to true and stop it - causing to redo
8138 * characters entered in one mode (normal/reverse insert).
8140 arrow_used = TRUE;
8141 (void)stop_arrow();
8142 p_fkmap = curwin->w_p_rl ^ p_ri;
8143 if (p_fkmap && p_ri)
8144 State = INSERT;
8146 else
8147 #endif
8148 p_hkmap = curwin->w_p_rl ^ p_ri; /* be consistent! */
8149 showmode();
8151 #endif
8153 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL
8155 * If 'keymodel' contains "startsel", may start selection.
8156 * Returns TRUE when a CTRL-O and other keys stuffed.
8158 static int
8159 ins_start_select(c)
8160 int c;
8162 if (km_startsel)
8163 switch (c)
8165 case K_KHOME:
8166 case K_KEND:
8167 case K_PAGEUP:
8168 case K_KPAGEUP:
8169 case K_PAGEDOWN:
8170 case K_KPAGEDOWN:
8171 # ifdef MACOS
8172 case K_LEFT:
8173 case K_RIGHT:
8174 case K_UP:
8175 case K_DOWN:
8176 case K_END:
8177 case K_HOME:
8178 # endif
8179 if (!(mod_mask & MOD_MASK_SHIFT))
8180 break;
8181 /* FALLTHROUGH */
8182 case K_S_LEFT:
8183 case K_S_RIGHT:
8184 case K_S_UP:
8185 case K_S_DOWN:
8186 case K_S_END:
8187 case K_S_HOME:
8188 /* Start selection right away, the cursor can move with
8189 * CTRL-O when beyond the end of the line. */
8190 start_selection();
8192 /* Execute the key in (insert) Select mode. */
8193 stuffcharReadbuff(Ctrl_O);
8194 if (mod_mask)
8196 char_u buf[4];
8198 buf[0] = K_SPECIAL;
8199 buf[1] = KS_MODIFIER;
8200 buf[2] = mod_mask;
8201 buf[3] = NUL;
8202 stuffReadbuff(buf);
8204 stuffcharReadbuff(c);
8205 return TRUE;
8207 return FALSE;
8209 #endif
8212 * <Insert> key in Insert mode: toggle insert/remplace mode.
8214 static void
8215 ins_insert(replaceState)
8216 int replaceState;
8218 #ifdef FEAT_FKMAP
8219 if (p_fkmap && p_ri)
8221 beep_flush();
8222 EMSG(farsi_text_3); /* encoded in Farsi */
8223 return;
8225 #endif
8227 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD
8228 # ifdef FEAT_EVAL
8229 set_vim_var_string(VV_INSERTMODE,
8230 (char_u *)((State & REPLACE_FLAG) ? "i" :
8231 # ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
8232 replaceState == VREPLACE ? "v" :
8233 # endif
8234 "r"), 1);
8235 # endif
8236 apply_autocmds(EVENT_INSERTCHANGE, NULL, NULL, FALSE, curbuf);
8237 #endif
8238 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG)
8239 State = INSERT | (State & LANGMAP);
8240 else
8241 State = replaceState | (State & LANGMAP);
8242 AppendCharToRedobuff(K_INS);
8243 showmode();
8244 #ifdef CURSOR_SHAPE
8245 ui_cursor_shape(); /* may show different cursor shape */
8246 #endif
8250 * Pressed CTRL-O in Insert mode.
8252 static void
8253 ins_ctrl_o()
8255 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
8256 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
8257 restart_edit = 'V';
8258 else
8259 #endif
8260 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG)
8261 restart_edit = 'R';
8262 else
8263 restart_edit = 'I';
8264 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
8265 if (virtual_active())
8266 ins_at_eol = FALSE; /* cursor always keeps its column */
8267 else
8268 #endif
8269 ins_at_eol = (gchar_cursor() == NUL);
8273 * If the cursor is on an indent, ^T/^D insert/delete one
8274 * shiftwidth. Otherwise ^T/^D behave like a "<<" or ">>".
8275 * Always round the indent to 'shiftwidth', this is compatible
8276 * with vi. But vi only supports ^T and ^D after an
8277 * autoindent, we support it everywhere.
8279 static void
8280 ins_shift(c, lastc)
8281 int c;
8282 int lastc;
8284 if (stop_arrow() == FAIL)
8285 return;
8286 AppendCharToRedobuff(c);
8289 * 0^D and ^^D: remove all indent.
8291 if (c == Ctrl_D && (lastc == '0' || lastc == '^')
8292 && curwin->w_cursor.col > 0)
8294 --curwin->w_cursor.col;
8295 (void)del_char(FALSE); /* delete the '^' or '0' */
8296 /* In Replace mode, restore the characters that '^' or '0' replaced. */
8297 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG)
8298 replace_pop_ins();
8299 if (lastc == '^')
8300 old_indent = get_indent(); /* remember curr. indent */
8301 change_indent(INDENT_SET, 0, TRUE, 0, TRUE);
8303 else
8304 change_indent(c == Ctrl_D ? INDENT_DEC : INDENT_INC, 0, TRUE, 0, TRUE);
8306 if (did_ai && *skipwhite(ml_get_curline()) != NUL)
8307 did_ai = FALSE;
8308 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
8309 did_si = FALSE;
8310 can_si = FALSE;
8311 can_si_back = FALSE;
8312 #endif
8313 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
8314 can_cindent = FALSE; /* no cindenting after ^D or ^T */
8315 #endif
8318 static void
8319 ins_del()
8321 int temp;
8323 if (stop_arrow() == FAIL)
8324 return;
8325 if (gchar_cursor() == NUL) /* delete newline */
8327 temp = curwin->w_cursor.col;
8328 if (!can_bs(BS_EOL) /* only if "eol" included */
8329 || u_save((linenr_T)(curwin->w_cursor.lnum - 1),
8330 (linenr_T)(curwin->w_cursor.lnum + 2)) == FAIL
8331 || do_join(FALSE) == FAIL)
8332 vim_beep();
8333 else
8334 curwin->w_cursor.col = temp;
8336 else if (del_char(FALSE) == FAIL) /* delete char under cursor */
8337 vim_beep();
8338 did_ai = FALSE;
8339 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
8340 did_si = FALSE;
8341 can_si = FALSE;
8342 can_si_back = FALSE;
8343 #endif
8344 AppendCharToRedobuff(K_DEL);
8347 static void ins_bs_one __ARGS((colnr_T *vcolp));
8350 * Delete one character for ins_bs().
8352 static void
8353 ins_bs_one(vcolp)
8354 colnr_T *vcolp;
8356 dec_cursor();
8357 getvcol(curwin, &curwin->w_cursor, vcolp, NULL, NULL);
8358 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG)
8360 /* Don't delete characters before the insert point when in
8361 * Replace mode */
8362 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum != Insstart.lnum
8363 || curwin->w_cursor.col >= Insstart.col)
8364 replace_do_bs(-1);
8366 else
8367 (void)del_char(FALSE);
8371 * Handle Backspace, delete-word and delete-line in Insert mode.
8372 * Return TRUE when backspace was actually used.
8374 static int
8375 ins_bs(c, mode, inserted_space_p)
8376 int c;
8377 int mode;
8378 int *inserted_space_p;
8380 linenr_T lnum;
8381 int cc;
8382 int temp = 0; /* init for GCC */
8383 colnr_T save_col;
8384 colnr_T mincol;
8385 int did_backspace = FALSE;
8386 int in_indent;
8387 int oldState;
8388 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
8389 int cpc[MAX_MCO]; /* composing characters */
8390 #endif
8393 * can't delete anything in an empty file
8394 * can't backup past first character in buffer
8395 * can't backup past starting point unless 'backspace' > 1
8396 * can backup to a previous line if 'backspace' == 0
8398 if ( bufempty()
8399 || (
8400 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
8401 !revins_on &&
8402 #endif
8403 ((curwin->w_cursor.lnum == 1 && curwin->w_cursor.col == 0)
8404 || (!can_bs(BS_START)
8405 && (arrow_used
8406 || (curwin->w_cursor.lnum == Insstart.lnum
8407 && curwin->w_cursor.col <= Insstart.col)))
8408 || (!can_bs(BS_INDENT) && !arrow_used && ai_col > 0
8409 && curwin->w_cursor.col <= ai_col)
8410 || (!can_bs(BS_EOL) && curwin->w_cursor.col == 0))))
8412 vim_beep();
8413 return FALSE;
8416 if (stop_arrow() == FAIL)
8417 return FALSE;
8418 in_indent = inindent(0);
8419 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
8420 if (in_indent)
8421 can_cindent = FALSE;
8422 #endif
8423 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
8424 end_comment_pending = NUL; /* After BS, don't auto-end comment */
8425 #endif
8426 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
8427 if (revins_on) /* put cursor after last inserted char */
8428 inc_cursor();
8429 #endif
8431 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
8432 /* Virtualedit:
8433 * BACKSPACE_CHAR eats a virtual space
8434 * BACKSPACE_WORD eats all coladd
8435 * BACKSPACE_LINE eats all coladd and keeps going
8437 if (curwin->w_cursor.coladd > 0)
8439 if (mode == BACKSPACE_CHAR)
8441 --curwin->w_cursor.coladd;
8442 return TRUE;
8444 if (mode == BACKSPACE_WORD)
8446 curwin->w_cursor.coladd = 0;
8447 return TRUE;
8449 curwin->w_cursor.coladd = 0;
8451 #endif
8454 * delete newline!
8456 if (curwin->w_cursor.col == 0)
8458 lnum = Insstart.lnum;
8459 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum == Insstart.lnum
8460 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
8461 || revins_on
8462 #endif
8465 if (u_save((linenr_T)(curwin->w_cursor.lnum - 2),
8466 (linenr_T)(curwin->w_cursor.lnum + 1)) == FAIL)
8467 return FALSE;
8468 --Insstart.lnum;
8469 Insstart.col = MAXCOL;
8472 * In replace mode:
8473 * cc < 0: NL was inserted, delete it
8474 * cc >= 0: NL was replaced, put original characters back
8476 cc = -1;
8477 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG)
8478 cc = replace_pop(); /* returns -1 if NL was inserted */
8480 * In replace mode, in the line we started replacing, we only move the
8481 * cursor.
8483 if ((State & REPLACE_FLAG) && curwin->w_cursor.lnum <= lnum)
8485 dec_cursor();
8487 else
8489 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
8490 if (!(State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
8491 || curwin->w_cursor.lnum > orig_line_count)
8492 #endif
8494 temp = gchar_cursor(); /* remember current char */
8495 --curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
8497 /* When "aw" is in 'formatoptions' we must delete the space at
8498 * the end of the line, otherwise the line will be broken
8499 * again when auto-formatting. */
8500 if (has_format_option(FO_AUTO)
8501 && has_format_option(FO_WHITE_PAR))
8503 char_u *ptr = ml_get_buf(curbuf, curwin->w_cursor.lnum,
8504 TRUE);
8505 int len;
8507 len = (int)STRLEN(ptr);
8508 if (len > 0 && ptr[len - 1] == ' ')
8509 ptr[len - 1] = NUL;
8512 (void)do_join(FALSE);
8513 if (temp == NUL && gchar_cursor() != NUL)
8514 inc_cursor();
8516 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
8517 else
8518 dec_cursor();
8519 #endif
8522 * In REPLACE mode we have to put back the text that was replaced
8523 * by the NL. On the replace stack is first a NUL-terminated
8524 * sequence of characters that were deleted and then the
8525 * characters that NL replaced.
8527 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG)
8530 * Do the next ins_char() in NORMAL state, to
8531 * prevent ins_char() from replacing characters and
8532 * avoiding showmatch().
8534 oldState = State;
8535 State = NORMAL;
8537 * restore characters (blanks) deleted after cursor
8539 while (cc > 0)
8541 save_col = curwin->w_cursor.col;
8542 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
8543 mb_replace_pop_ins(cc);
8544 #else
8545 ins_char(cc);
8546 #endif
8547 curwin->w_cursor.col = save_col;
8548 cc = replace_pop();
8550 /* restore the characters that NL replaced */
8551 replace_pop_ins();
8552 State = oldState;
8555 did_ai = FALSE;
8557 else
8560 * Delete character(s) before the cursor.
8562 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
8563 if (revins_on) /* put cursor on last inserted char */
8564 dec_cursor();
8565 #endif
8566 mincol = 0;
8567 /* keep indent */
8568 if (mode == BACKSPACE_LINE
8569 && (curbuf->b_p_ai
8570 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
8571 || cindent_on()
8572 #endif
8574 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
8575 && !revins_on
8576 #endif
8579 save_col = curwin->w_cursor.col;
8580 beginline(BL_WHITE);
8581 if (curwin->w_cursor.col < save_col)
8582 mincol = curwin->w_cursor.col;
8583 curwin->w_cursor.col = save_col;
8587 * Handle deleting one 'shiftwidth' or 'softtabstop'.
8589 if ( mode == BACKSPACE_CHAR
8590 && ((p_sta && in_indent)
8591 || (
8592 #ifdef FEAT_VARTABS
8593 (tabstop_count(curbuf->b_p_vsts_ary) != 0
8594 || curbuf->b_p_sts != 0)
8595 #else
8596 curbuf->b_p_sts != 0
8597 #endif
8598 && curwin->w_cursor.col > 0
8599 && (*(ml_get_cursor() - 1) == TAB
8600 || (*(ml_get_cursor() - 1) == ' '
8601 && (!*inserted_space_p
8602 || arrow_used))))))
8604 #ifndef FEAT_VARTABS
8605 int ts;
8606 #endif
8607 colnr_T vcol;
8608 colnr_T want_vcol;
8609 colnr_T start_vcol;
8611 *inserted_space_p = FALSE;
8612 #ifndef FEAT_VARTABS
8613 if (p_sta && in_indent)
8614 ts = curbuf->b_p_sw;
8615 else
8616 ts = curbuf->b_p_sts;
8617 #endif
8618 /* Compute the virtual column where we want to be. Since
8619 * 'showbreak' may get in the way, need to get the last column of
8620 * the previous character. */
8621 getvcol(curwin, &curwin->w_cursor, &vcol, NULL, NULL);
8622 start_vcol = vcol;
8623 dec_cursor();
8624 getvcol(curwin, &curwin->w_cursor, NULL, NULL, &want_vcol);
8625 inc_cursor();
8626 #ifdef FEAT_VARTABS
8627 if (p_sta && in_indent)
8628 want_vcol = (want_vcol / curbuf->b_p_sw) * curbuf->b_p_sw;
8629 else
8630 want_vcol = tabstop_start(want_vcol, curbuf->b_p_sts,
8631 curbuf->b_p_vsts_ary);
8632 #else
8633 want_vcol = (want_vcol / ts) * ts;
8634 #endif
8636 /* delete characters until we are at or before want_vcol */
8637 while (vcol > want_vcol
8638 && (cc = *(ml_get_cursor() - 1), vim_iswhite(cc)))
8639 ins_bs_one(&vcol);
8641 /* insert extra spaces until we are at want_vcol */
8642 while (vcol < want_vcol)
8644 /* Remember the first char we inserted */
8645 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum == Insstart.lnum
8646 && curwin->w_cursor.col < Insstart.col)
8647 Insstart.col = curwin->w_cursor.col;
8649 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
8650 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
8651 ins_char(' ');
8652 else
8653 #endif
8655 ins_str((char_u *)" ");
8656 if ((State & REPLACE_FLAG))
8657 replace_push(NUL);
8659 getvcol(curwin, &curwin->w_cursor, &vcol, NULL, NULL);
8662 /* If we are now back where we started delete one character. Can
8663 * happen when using 'sts' and 'linebreak'. */
8664 if (vcol >= start_vcol)
8665 ins_bs_one(&vcol);
8669 * Delete upto starting point, start of line or previous word.
8671 else do
8673 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
8674 if (!revins_on) /* put cursor on char to be deleted */
8675 #endif
8676 dec_cursor();
8678 /* start of word? */
8679 if (mode == BACKSPACE_WORD && !vim_isspace(gchar_cursor()))
8681 mode = BACKSPACE_WORD_NOT_SPACE;
8682 temp = vim_iswordc(gchar_cursor());
8684 /* end of word? */
8685 else if (mode == BACKSPACE_WORD_NOT_SPACE
8686 && (vim_isspace(cc = gchar_cursor())
8687 || vim_iswordc(cc) != temp))
8689 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
8690 if (!revins_on)
8691 #endif
8692 inc_cursor();
8693 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
8694 else if (State & REPLACE_FLAG)
8695 dec_cursor();
8696 #endif
8697 break;
8699 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG)
8700 replace_do_bs(-1);
8701 else
8703 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
8704 if (enc_utf8 && p_deco)
8705 (void)utfc_ptr2char(ml_get_cursor(), cpc);
8706 #endif
8707 (void)del_char(FALSE);
8708 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
8710 * If there are combining characters and 'delcombine' is set
8711 * move the cursor back. Don't back up before the base
8712 * character.
8714 if (enc_utf8 && p_deco && cpc[0] != NUL)
8715 inc_cursor();
8716 #endif
8717 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
8718 if (revins_chars)
8720 revins_chars--;
8721 revins_legal++;
8723 if (revins_on && gchar_cursor() == NUL)
8724 break;
8725 #endif
8727 /* Just a single backspace?: */
8728 if (mode == BACKSPACE_CHAR)
8729 break;
8730 } while (
8731 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
8732 revins_on ||
8733 #endif
8734 (curwin->w_cursor.col > mincol
8735 && (curwin->w_cursor.lnum != Insstart.lnum
8736 || curwin->w_cursor.col != Insstart.col)));
8737 did_backspace = TRUE;
8739 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
8740 did_si = FALSE;
8741 can_si = FALSE;
8742 can_si_back = FALSE;
8743 #endif
8744 if (curwin->w_cursor.col <= 1)
8745 did_ai = FALSE;
8747 * It's a little strange to put backspaces into the redo
8748 * buffer, but it makes auto-indent a lot easier to deal
8749 * with.
8751 AppendCharToRedobuff(c);
8753 /* If deleted before the insertion point, adjust it */
8754 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum == Insstart.lnum
8755 && curwin->w_cursor.col < Insstart.col)
8756 Insstart.col = curwin->w_cursor.col;
8758 /* vi behaviour: the cursor moves backward but the character that
8759 * was there remains visible
8760 * Vim behaviour: the cursor moves backward and the character that
8761 * was there is erased from the screen.
8762 * We can emulate the vi behaviour by pretending there is a dollar
8763 * displayed even when there isn't.
8764 * --pkv Sun Jan 19 01:56:40 EST 2003 */
8765 if (vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_BACKSPACE) != NULL && dollar_vcol == 0)
8766 dollar_vcol = curwin->w_virtcol;
8768 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
8769 /* When deleting a char the cursor line must never be in a closed fold.
8770 * E.g., when 'foldmethod' is indent and deleting the first non-white
8771 * char before a Tab. */
8772 if (did_backspace)
8773 foldOpenCursor();
8774 #endif
8776 return did_backspace;
8779 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE
8780 static void
8781 ins_mouse(c)
8782 int c;
8784 pos_T tpos;
8785 win_T *old_curwin = curwin;
8787 # ifdef FEAT_GUI
8788 /* When GUI is active, also move/paste when 'mouse' is empty */
8789 if (!gui.in_use)
8790 # endif
8791 if (!mouse_has(MOUSE_INSERT))
8792 return;
8794 undisplay_dollar();
8795 tpos = curwin->w_cursor;
8796 if (do_mouse(NULL, c, BACKWARD, 1L, 0))
8798 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS
8799 win_T *new_curwin = curwin;
8801 if (curwin != old_curwin && win_valid(old_curwin))
8803 /* Mouse took us to another window. We need to go back to the
8804 * previous one to stop insert there properly. */
8805 curwin = old_curwin;
8806 curbuf = curwin->w_buffer;
8808 #endif
8809 start_arrow(curwin == old_curwin ? &tpos : NULL);
8810 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS
8811 if (curwin != new_curwin && win_valid(new_curwin))
8813 curwin = new_curwin;
8814 curbuf = curwin->w_buffer;
8816 #endif
8817 # ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
8818 can_cindent = TRUE;
8819 # endif
8822 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS
8823 /* redraw status lines (in case another window became active) */
8824 redraw_statuslines();
8825 #endif
8828 static void
8829 ins_mousescroll(up)
8830 int up;
8832 pos_T tpos;
8833 # if defined(FEAT_WINDOWS)
8834 win_T *old_curwin = curwin;
8835 # endif
8836 # ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
8837 int did_scroll = FALSE;
8838 # endif
8840 tpos = curwin->w_cursor;
8842 # if defined(FEAT_GUI) && defined(FEAT_WINDOWS)
8843 /* Currently the mouse coordinates are only known in the GUI. */
8844 if (gui.in_use && mouse_row >= 0 && mouse_col >= 0)
8846 int row, col;
8848 row = mouse_row;
8849 col = mouse_col;
8851 /* find the window at the pointer coordinates */
8852 curwin = mouse_find_win(&row, &col);
8853 curbuf = curwin->w_buffer;
8855 if (curwin == old_curwin)
8856 # endif
8857 undisplay_dollar();
8859 # ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
8860 /* Don't scroll the window in which completion is being done. */
8861 if (!pum_visible()
8862 # if defined(FEAT_WINDOWS)
8863 || curwin != old_curwin
8864 # endif
8866 # endif
8868 if (mod_mask & (MOD_MASK_SHIFT | MOD_MASK_CTRL))
8869 scroll_redraw(up, (long)(curwin->w_botline - curwin->w_topline));
8870 else
8871 scroll_redraw(up, 3L);
8872 # ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
8873 did_scroll = TRUE;
8874 # endif
8877 # if defined(FEAT_GUI) && defined(FEAT_WINDOWS)
8878 curwin->w_redr_status = TRUE;
8880 curwin = old_curwin;
8881 curbuf = curwin->w_buffer;
8882 # endif
8884 # ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
8885 /* The popup menu may overlay the window, need to redraw it.
8886 * TODO: Would be more efficient to only redraw the windows that are
8887 * overlapped by the popup menu. */
8888 if (pum_visible() && did_scroll)
8890 redraw_all_later(NOT_VALID);
8891 ins_compl_show_pum();
8893 # endif
8895 if (!equalpos(curwin->w_cursor, tpos))
8897 start_arrow(&tpos);
8898 # ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
8899 can_cindent = TRUE;
8900 # endif
8903 #endif
8905 #if defined(FEAT_GUI_TABLINE) || defined(PROTO)
8906 static void
8907 ins_tabline(c)
8908 int c;
8910 /* We will be leaving the current window, unless closing another tab. */
8911 if (c != K_TABMENU || current_tabmenu != TABLINE_MENU_CLOSE
8912 || (current_tab != 0 && current_tab != tabpage_index(curtab)))
8914 undisplay_dollar();
8915 start_arrow(&curwin->w_cursor);
8916 # ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
8917 can_cindent = TRUE;
8918 # endif
8921 if (c == K_TABLINE)
8922 goto_tabpage(current_tab);
8923 else
8925 handle_tabmenu();
8926 redraw_statuslines(); /* will redraw the tabline when needed */
8929 #endif
8931 #if defined(FEAT_GUI) || defined(PROTO)
8932 void
8933 ins_scroll()
8935 pos_T tpos;
8937 undisplay_dollar();
8938 tpos = curwin->w_cursor;
8939 if (gui_do_scroll())
8941 start_arrow(&tpos);
8942 # ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
8943 can_cindent = TRUE;
8944 # endif
8948 void
8949 ins_horscroll()
8951 pos_T tpos;
8953 undisplay_dollar();
8954 tpos = curwin->w_cursor;
8955 if (gui_do_horiz_scroll())
8957 start_arrow(&tpos);
8958 # ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
8959 can_cindent = TRUE;
8960 # endif
8963 #endif
8965 static void
8966 ins_left()
8968 pos_T tpos;
8970 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
8971 if ((fdo_flags & FDO_HOR) && KeyTyped)
8972 foldOpenCursor();
8973 #endif
8974 undisplay_dollar();
8975 tpos = curwin->w_cursor;
8976 if (oneleft() == OK)
8978 #if defined(FEAT_XIM) && defined(FEAT_GUI_GTK)
8979 /* Only call start_arrow() when not busy with preediting, it will
8980 * break undo. K_LEFT is inserted in im_correct_cursor(). */
8981 if (!im_is_preediting())
8982 #endif
8983 start_arrow(&tpos);
8984 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
8985 /* If exit reversed string, position is fixed */
8986 if (revins_scol != -1 && (int)curwin->w_cursor.col >= revins_scol)
8987 revins_legal++;
8988 revins_chars++;
8989 #endif
8993 * if 'whichwrap' set for cursor in insert mode may go to
8994 * previous line
8996 else if (vim_strchr(p_ww, '[') != NULL && curwin->w_cursor.lnum > 1)
8998 start_arrow(&tpos);
8999 --(curwin->w_cursor.lnum);
9000 coladvance((colnr_T)MAXCOL);
9001 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE; /* so we stay at the end */
9003 else
9004 vim_beep();
9007 static void
9008 ins_home(c)
9009 int c;
9011 pos_T tpos;
9013 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
9014 if ((fdo_flags & FDO_HOR) && KeyTyped)
9015 foldOpenCursor();
9016 #endif
9017 undisplay_dollar();
9018 tpos = curwin->w_cursor;
9019 if (c == K_C_HOME)
9020 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = 1;
9021 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
9022 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
9023 curwin->w_cursor.coladd = 0;
9024 #endif
9025 curwin->w_curswant = 0;
9026 start_arrow(&tpos);
9029 static void
9030 ins_end(c)
9031 int c;
9033 pos_T tpos;
9035 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
9036 if ((fdo_flags & FDO_HOR) && KeyTyped)
9037 foldOpenCursor();
9038 #endif
9039 undisplay_dollar();
9040 tpos = curwin->w_cursor;
9041 if (c == K_C_END)
9042 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count;
9043 coladvance((colnr_T)MAXCOL);
9044 curwin->w_curswant = MAXCOL;
9046 start_arrow(&tpos);
9049 static void
9050 ins_s_left()
9052 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
9053 if ((fdo_flags & FDO_HOR) && KeyTyped)
9054 foldOpenCursor();
9055 #endif
9056 undisplay_dollar();
9057 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum > 1 || curwin->w_cursor.col > 0)
9059 start_arrow(&curwin->w_cursor);
9060 (void)bck_word(1L, FALSE, FALSE);
9061 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE;
9063 else
9064 vim_beep();
9067 static void
9068 ins_right()
9070 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
9071 if ((fdo_flags & FDO_HOR) && KeyTyped)
9072 foldOpenCursor();
9073 #endif
9074 undisplay_dollar();
9075 if (gchar_cursor() != NUL
9076 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
9077 || virtual_active()
9078 #endif
9081 start_arrow(&curwin->w_cursor);
9082 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE;
9083 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
9084 if (virtual_active())
9085 oneright();
9086 else
9087 #endif
9089 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
9090 if (has_mbyte)
9091 curwin->w_cursor.col += (*mb_ptr2len)(ml_get_cursor());
9092 else
9093 #endif
9094 ++curwin->w_cursor.col;
9097 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
9098 revins_legal++;
9099 if (revins_chars)
9100 revins_chars--;
9101 #endif
9103 /* if 'whichwrap' set for cursor in insert mode, may move the
9104 * cursor to the next line */
9105 else if (vim_strchr(p_ww, ']') != NULL
9106 && curwin->w_cursor.lnum < curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count)
9108 start_arrow(&curwin->w_cursor);
9109 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE;
9110 ++curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
9111 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
9113 else
9114 vim_beep();
9117 static void
9118 ins_s_right()
9120 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
9121 if ((fdo_flags & FDO_HOR) && KeyTyped)
9122 foldOpenCursor();
9123 #endif
9124 undisplay_dollar();
9125 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum < curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count
9126 || gchar_cursor() != NUL)
9128 start_arrow(&curwin->w_cursor);
9129 (void)fwd_word(1L, FALSE, 0);
9130 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE;
9132 else
9133 vim_beep();
9136 static void
9137 ins_up(startcol)
9138 int startcol; /* when TRUE move to Insstart.col */
9140 pos_T tpos;
9141 linenr_T old_topline = curwin->w_topline;
9142 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
9143 int old_topfill = curwin->w_topfill;
9144 #endif
9146 undisplay_dollar();
9147 tpos = curwin->w_cursor;
9148 if (cursor_up(1L, TRUE) == OK)
9150 if (startcol)
9151 coladvance(getvcol_nolist(&Insstart));
9152 if (old_topline != curwin->w_topline
9153 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
9154 || old_topfill != curwin->w_topfill
9155 #endif
9157 redraw_later(VALID);
9158 start_arrow(&tpos);
9159 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
9160 can_cindent = TRUE;
9161 #endif
9163 else
9164 vim_beep();
9167 static void
9168 ins_pageup()
9170 pos_T tpos;
9172 undisplay_dollar();
9174 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS
9175 if (mod_mask & MOD_MASK_CTRL)
9177 /* <C-PageUp>: tab page back */
9178 if (first_tabpage->tp_next != NULL)
9180 start_arrow(&curwin->w_cursor);
9181 goto_tabpage(-1);
9183 return;
9185 #endif
9187 tpos = curwin->w_cursor;
9188 if (onepage(BACKWARD, 1L) == OK)
9190 start_arrow(&tpos);
9191 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
9192 can_cindent = TRUE;
9193 #endif
9195 else
9196 vim_beep();
9199 static void
9200 ins_down(startcol)
9201 int startcol; /* when TRUE move to Insstart.col */
9203 pos_T tpos;
9204 linenr_T old_topline = curwin->w_topline;
9205 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
9206 int old_topfill = curwin->w_topfill;
9207 #endif
9209 undisplay_dollar();
9210 tpos = curwin->w_cursor;
9211 if (cursor_down(1L, TRUE) == OK)
9213 if (startcol)
9214 coladvance(getvcol_nolist(&Insstart));
9215 if (old_topline != curwin->w_topline
9216 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
9217 || old_topfill != curwin->w_topfill
9218 #endif
9220 redraw_later(VALID);
9221 start_arrow(&tpos);
9222 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
9223 can_cindent = TRUE;
9224 #endif
9226 else
9227 vim_beep();
9230 static void
9231 ins_pagedown()
9233 pos_T tpos;
9235 undisplay_dollar();
9237 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS
9238 if (mod_mask & MOD_MASK_CTRL)
9240 /* <C-PageDown>: tab page forward */
9241 if (first_tabpage->tp_next != NULL)
9243 start_arrow(&curwin->w_cursor);
9244 goto_tabpage(0);
9246 return;
9248 #endif
9250 tpos = curwin->w_cursor;
9251 if (onepage(FORWARD, 1L) == OK)
9253 start_arrow(&tpos);
9254 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
9255 can_cindent = TRUE;
9256 #endif
9258 else
9259 vim_beep();
9262 #ifdef FEAT_DND
9263 static void
9264 ins_drop()
9266 do_put('~', BACKWARD, 1L, PUT_CURSEND);
9268 #endif
9271 * Handle TAB in Insert or Replace mode.
9272 * Return TRUE when the TAB needs to be inserted like a normal character.
9274 static int
9275 ins_tab()
9277 int ind;
9278 int i;
9279 int temp;
9281 if (Insstart_blank_vcol == MAXCOL && curwin->w_cursor.lnum == Insstart.lnum)
9282 Insstart_blank_vcol = get_nolist_virtcol();
9283 if (echeck_abbr(TAB + ABBR_OFF))
9284 return FALSE;
9286 ind = inindent(0);
9287 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
9288 if (ind)
9289 can_cindent = FALSE;
9290 #endif
9293 * When nothing special, insert TAB like a normal character
9295 if (!curbuf->b_p_et
9296 #ifdef FEAT_VARTABS
9297 && !(p_sta && ind
9298 /* These five lines mean 'tabstop' != 'shiftwidth' */
9299 && ((tabstop_count(curbuf->b_p_vts_ary) > 1)
9300 || (tabstop_count(curbuf->b_p_vts_ary) == 1
9301 && tabstop_first(curbuf->b_p_vts_ary) != curbuf->b_p_sw)
9302 || (tabstop_count(curbuf->b_p_vts_ary) == 0
9303 && curbuf->b_p_ts != curbuf->b_p_sw)))
9304 && tabstop_count(curbuf->b_p_vsts_ary) == 0
9305 && curbuf->b_p_sts == 0
9306 #else
9307 && !(p_sta && ind && curbuf->b_p_ts != curbuf->b_p_sw)
9308 && curbuf->b_p_sts == 0
9309 #endif
9311 return TRUE;
9313 if (stop_arrow() == FAIL)
9314 return TRUE;
9316 did_ai = FALSE;
9317 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
9318 did_si = FALSE;
9319 can_si = FALSE;
9320 can_si_back = FALSE;
9321 #endif
9322 AppendToRedobuff((char_u *)"\t");
9324 #ifdef FEAT_VARTABS
9325 if (p_sta && ind) /* insert tab in indent, use 'shiftwidth' */
9327 temp = (int)curbuf->b_p_sw;
9328 temp -= get_nolist_virtcol() % temp;
9330 else if (tabstop_count(curbuf->b_p_vsts_ary) > 0 || curbuf->b_p_sts > 0)
9331 /* use 'softtabstop' when set */
9332 temp = tabstop_padding(get_nolist_virtcol(), curbuf->b_p_sts,
9333 curbuf->b_p_vsts_ary);
9334 else /* otherwise use 'tabstop' */
9335 temp = tabstop_padding(get_nolist_virtcol(), curbuf->b_p_ts,
9336 curbuf->b_p_vts_ary);
9337 #else
9338 if (p_sta && ind) /* insert tab in indent, use 'shiftwidth' */
9339 temp = (int)curbuf->b_p_sw;
9340 else if (curbuf->b_p_sts > 0) /* use 'softtabstop' when set */
9341 temp = (int)curbuf->b_p_sts;
9342 else /* otherwise use 'tabstop' */
9343 temp = (int)curbuf->b_p_ts;
9344 temp -= get_nolist_virtcol() % temp;
9345 #endif
9348 * Insert the first space with ins_char(). It will delete one char in
9349 * replace mode. Insert the rest with ins_str(); it will not delete any
9350 * chars. For VREPLACE mode, we use ins_char() for all characters.
9352 ins_char(' ');
9353 while (--temp > 0)
9355 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
9356 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
9357 ins_char(' ');
9358 else
9359 #endif
9361 ins_str((char_u *)" ");
9362 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG) /* no char replaced */
9363 replace_push(NUL);
9368 * When 'expandtab' not set: Replace spaces by TABs where possible.
9370 #ifdef FEAT_VARTABS
9371 if (!curbuf->b_p_et && (tabstop_count(curbuf->b_p_vsts_ary) > 0
9372 || curbuf->b_p_sts > 0
9373 || (p_sta && ind)))
9374 #else
9375 if (!curbuf->b_p_et && (curbuf->b_p_sts || (p_sta && ind)))
9376 #endif
9378 char_u *ptr;
9379 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
9380 char_u *saved_line = NULL; /* init for GCC */
9381 pos_T pos;
9382 #endif
9383 pos_T fpos;
9384 pos_T *cursor;
9385 colnr_T want_vcol, vcol;
9386 int change_col = -1;
9387 int save_list = curwin->w_p_list;
9390 * Get the current line. For VREPLACE mode, don't make real changes
9391 * yet, just work on a copy of the line.
9393 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
9394 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
9396 pos = curwin->w_cursor;
9397 cursor = &pos;
9398 saved_line = vim_strsave(ml_get_curline());
9399 if (saved_line == NULL)
9400 return FALSE;
9401 ptr = saved_line + pos.col;
9403 else
9404 #endif
9406 ptr = ml_get_cursor();
9407 cursor = &curwin->w_cursor;
9410 /* When 'L' is not in 'cpoptions' a tab always takes up 'ts' spaces. */
9411 if (vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_LISTWM) == NULL)
9412 curwin->w_p_list = FALSE;
9414 /* Find first white before the cursor */
9415 fpos = curwin->w_cursor;
9416 while (fpos.col > 0 && vim_iswhite(ptr[-1]))
9418 --fpos.col;
9419 --ptr;
9422 /* In Replace mode, don't change characters before the insert point. */
9423 if ((State & REPLACE_FLAG)
9424 && fpos.lnum == Insstart.lnum
9425 && fpos.col < Insstart.col)
9427 ptr += Insstart.col - fpos.col;
9428 fpos.col = Insstart.col;
9431 /* compute virtual column numbers of first white and cursor */
9432 getvcol(curwin, &fpos, &vcol, NULL, NULL);
9433 getvcol(curwin, cursor, &want_vcol, NULL, NULL);
9435 /* Use as many TABs as possible. Beware of 'showbreak' and
9436 * 'linebreak' adding extra virtual columns. */
9437 while (vim_iswhite(*ptr))
9439 i = lbr_chartabsize((char_u *)"\t", vcol);
9440 if (vcol + i > want_vcol)
9441 break;
9442 if (*ptr != TAB)
9444 *ptr = TAB;
9445 if (change_col < 0)
9447 change_col = fpos.col; /* Column of first change */
9448 /* May have to adjust Insstart */
9449 if (fpos.lnum == Insstart.lnum && fpos.col < Insstart.col)
9450 Insstart.col = fpos.col;
9453 ++fpos.col;
9454 ++ptr;
9455 vcol += i;
9458 if (change_col >= 0)
9460 int repl_off = 0;
9462 /* Skip over the spaces we need. */
9463 while (vcol < want_vcol && *ptr == ' ')
9465 vcol += lbr_chartabsize(ptr, vcol);
9466 ++ptr;
9467 ++repl_off;
9469 if (vcol > want_vcol)
9471 /* Must have a char with 'showbreak' just before it. */
9472 --ptr;
9473 --repl_off;
9475 fpos.col += repl_off;
9477 /* Delete following spaces. */
9478 i = cursor->col - fpos.col;
9479 if (i > 0)
9481 STRMOVE(ptr, ptr + i);
9482 /* correct replace stack. */
9483 if ((State & REPLACE_FLAG)
9484 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
9485 && !(State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
9486 #endif
9488 for (temp = i; --temp >= 0; )
9489 replace_join(repl_off);
9491 #ifdef FEAT_NETBEANS_INTG
9492 if (usingNetbeans)
9494 netbeans_removed(curbuf, fpos.lnum, cursor->col,
9495 (long)(i + 1));
9496 netbeans_inserted(curbuf, fpos.lnum, cursor->col,
9497 (char_u *)"\t", 1);
9499 #endif
9500 cursor->col -= i;
9502 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
9504 * In VREPLACE mode, we haven't changed anything yet. Do it now by
9505 * backspacing over the changed spacing and then inserting the new
9506 * spacing.
9508 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
9510 /* Backspace from real cursor to change_col */
9511 backspace_until_column(change_col);
9513 /* Insert each char in saved_line from changed_col to
9514 * ptr-cursor */
9515 ins_bytes_len(saved_line + change_col,
9516 cursor->col - change_col);
9518 #endif
9521 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
9522 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
9523 vim_free(saved_line);
9524 #endif
9525 curwin->w_p_list = save_list;
9528 return FALSE;
9532 * Handle CR or NL in insert mode.
9533 * Return TRUE when out of memory or can't undo.
9535 static int
9536 ins_eol(c)
9537 int c;
9539 int i;
9541 if (echeck_abbr(c + ABBR_OFF))
9542 return FALSE;
9543 if (stop_arrow() == FAIL)
9544 return TRUE;
9545 undisplay_dollar();
9548 * Strange Vi behaviour: In Replace mode, typing a NL will not delete the
9549 * character under the cursor. Only push a NUL on the replace stack,
9550 * nothing to put back when the NL is deleted.
9552 if ((State & REPLACE_FLAG)
9553 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
9554 && !(State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
9555 #endif
9557 replace_push(NUL);
9560 * In VREPLACE mode, a NL replaces the rest of the line, and starts
9561 * replacing the next line, so we push all of the characters left on the
9562 * line onto the replace stack. This is not done here though, it is done
9563 * in open_line().
9566 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
9567 /* Put cursor on NUL if on the last char and coladd is 1 (happens after
9568 * CTRL-O). */
9569 if (virtual_active() && curwin->w_cursor.coladd > 0)
9570 coladvance(getviscol());
9571 #endif
9573 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
9574 # ifdef FEAT_FKMAP
9575 if (p_altkeymap && p_fkmap)
9576 fkmap(NL);
9577 # endif
9578 /* NL in reverse insert will always start in the end of
9579 * current line. */
9580 if (revins_on)
9581 curwin->w_cursor.col += (colnr_T)STRLEN(ml_get_cursor());
9582 #endif
9584 AppendToRedobuff(NL_STR);
9585 i = open_line(FORWARD,
9586 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
9587 has_format_option(FO_RET_COMS) ? OPENLINE_DO_COM :
9588 #endif
9589 0, old_indent);
9590 old_indent = 0;
9591 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
9592 can_cindent = TRUE;
9593 #endif
9594 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
9595 /* When inserting a line the cursor line must never be in a closed fold. */
9596 foldOpenCursor();
9597 #endif
9599 return (!i);
9602 #ifdef FEAT_DIGRAPHS
9604 * Handle digraph in insert mode.
9605 * Returns character still to be inserted, or NUL when nothing remaining to be
9606 * done.
9608 static int
9609 ins_digraph()
9611 int c;
9612 int cc;
9614 pc_status = PC_STATUS_UNSET;
9615 if (redrawing() && !char_avail())
9617 /* may need to redraw when no more chars available now */
9618 ins_redraw(FALSE);
9620 edit_putchar('?', TRUE);
9621 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO
9622 add_to_showcmd_c(Ctrl_K);
9623 #endif
9626 #ifdef USE_ON_FLY_SCROLL
9627 dont_scroll = TRUE; /* disallow scrolling here */
9628 #endif
9630 /* don't map the digraph chars. This also prevents the
9631 * mode message to be deleted when ESC is hit */
9632 ++no_mapping;
9633 ++allow_keys;
9634 c = plain_vgetc();
9635 --no_mapping;
9636 --allow_keys;
9637 if (IS_SPECIAL(c) || mod_mask) /* special key */
9639 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO
9640 clear_showcmd();
9641 #endif
9642 insert_special(c, TRUE, FALSE);
9643 return NUL;
9645 if (c != ESC)
9647 if (redrawing() && !char_avail())
9649 /* may need to redraw when no more chars available now */
9650 ins_redraw(FALSE);
9652 if (char2cells(c) == 1)
9654 /* first remove the '?', otherwise it's restored when typing
9655 * an ESC next */
9656 edit_unputchar();
9657 ins_redraw(FALSE);
9658 edit_putchar(c, TRUE);
9660 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO
9661 add_to_showcmd_c(c);
9662 #endif
9664 ++no_mapping;
9665 ++allow_keys;
9666 cc = plain_vgetc();
9667 --no_mapping;
9668 --allow_keys;
9669 if (cc != ESC)
9671 AppendToRedobuff((char_u *)CTRL_V_STR);
9672 c = getdigraph(c, cc, TRUE);
9673 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO
9674 clear_showcmd();
9675 #endif
9676 return c;
9679 edit_unputchar();
9680 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO
9681 clear_showcmd();
9682 #endif
9683 return NUL;
9685 #endif
9688 * Handle CTRL-E and CTRL-Y in Insert mode: copy char from other line.
9689 * Returns the char to be inserted, or NUL if none found.
9691 static int
9692 ins_copychar(lnum)
9693 linenr_T lnum;
9695 int c;
9696 int temp;
9697 char_u *ptr, *prev_ptr;
9699 if (lnum < 1 || lnum > curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count)
9701 vim_beep();
9702 return NUL;
9705 /* try to advance to the cursor column */
9706 temp = 0;
9707 ptr = ml_get(lnum);
9708 prev_ptr = ptr;
9709 validate_virtcol();
9710 while ((colnr_T)temp < curwin->w_virtcol && *ptr != NUL)
9712 prev_ptr = ptr;
9713 temp += lbr_chartabsize_adv(&ptr, (colnr_T)temp);
9715 if ((colnr_T)temp > curwin->w_virtcol)
9716 ptr = prev_ptr;
9718 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
9719 c = (*mb_ptr2char)(ptr);
9720 #else
9721 c = *ptr;
9722 #endif
9723 if (c == NUL)
9724 vim_beep();
9725 return c;
9729 * CTRL-Y or CTRL-E typed in Insert mode.
9731 static int
9732 ins_ctrl_ey(tc)
9733 int tc;
9735 int c = tc;
9737 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
9738 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_SCROLL)
9740 if (c == Ctrl_Y)
9741 scrolldown_clamp();
9742 else
9743 scrollup_clamp();
9744 redraw_later(VALID);
9746 else
9747 #endif
9749 c = ins_copychar(curwin->w_cursor.lnum + (c == Ctrl_Y ? -1 : 1));
9750 if (c != NUL)
9752 long tw_save;
9754 /* The character must be taken literally, insert like it
9755 * was typed after a CTRL-V, and pretend 'textwidth'
9756 * wasn't set. Digits, 'o' and 'x' are special after a
9757 * CTRL-V, don't use it for these. */
9758 if (c < 256 && !isalnum(c))
9759 AppendToRedobuff((char_u *)CTRL_V_STR); /* CTRL-V */
9760 tw_save = curbuf->b_p_tw;
9761 curbuf->b_p_tw = -1;
9762 insert_special(c, TRUE, FALSE);
9763 curbuf->b_p_tw = tw_save;
9764 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
9765 revins_chars++;
9766 revins_legal++;
9767 #endif
9768 c = Ctrl_V; /* pretend CTRL-V is last character */
9769 auto_format(FALSE, TRUE);
9772 return c;
9775 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
9777 * Try to do some very smart auto-indenting.
9778 * Used when inserting a "normal" character.
9780 static void
9781 ins_try_si(c)
9782 int c;
9784 pos_T *pos, old_pos;
9785 char_u *ptr;
9786 int i;
9787 int temp;
9790 * do some very smart indenting when entering '{' or '}'
9792 if (((did_si || can_si_back) && c == '{') || (can_si && c == '}'))
9795 * for '}' set indent equal to indent of line containing matching '{'
9797 if (c == '}' && (pos = findmatch(NULL, '{')) != NULL)
9799 old_pos = curwin->w_cursor;
9801 * If the matching '{' has a ')' immediately before it (ignoring
9802 * white-space), then line up with the start of the line
9803 * containing the matching '(' if there is one. This handles the
9804 * case where an "if (..\n..) {" statement continues over multiple
9805 * lines -- webb
9807 ptr = ml_get(pos->lnum);
9808 i = pos->col;
9809 if (i > 0) /* skip blanks before '{' */
9810 while (--i > 0 && vim_iswhite(ptr[i]))
9812 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = pos->lnum;
9813 curwin->w_cursor.col = i;
9814 if (ptr[i] == ')' && (pos = findmatch(NULL, '(')) != NULL)
9815 curwin->w_cursor = *pos;
9816 i = get_indent();
9817 curwin->w_cursor = old_pos;
9818 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
9819 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
9820 change_indent(INDENT_SET, i, FALSE, NUL, TRUE);
9821 else
9822 #endif
9823 (void)set_indent(i, SIN_CHANGED);
9825 else if (curwin->w_cursor.col > 0)
9828 * when inserting '{' after "O" reduce indent, but not
9829 * more than indent of previous line
9831 temp = TRUE;
9832 if (c == '{' && can_si_back && curwin->w_cursor.lnum > 1)
9834 old_pos = curwin->w_cursor;
9835 i = get_indent();
9836 while (curwin->w_cursor.lnum > 1)
9838 ptr = skipwhite(ml_get(--(curwin->w_cursor.lnum)));
9840 /* ignore empty lines and lines starting with '#'. */
9841 if (*ptr != '#' && *ptr != NUL)
9842 break;
9844 if (get_indent() >= i)
9845 temp = FALSE;
9846 curwin->w_cursor = old_pos;
9848 if (temp)
9849 shift_line(TRUE, FALSE, 1, TRUE);
9854 * set indent of '#' always to 0
9856 if (curwin->w_cursor.col > 0 && can_si && c == '#')
9858 /* remember current indent for next line */
9859 old_indent = get_indent();
9860 (void)set_indent(0, SIN_CHANGED);
9863 /* Adjust ai_col, the char at this position can be deleted. */
9864 if (ai_col > curwin->w_cursor.col)
9865 ai_col = curwin->w_cursor.col;
9867 #endif
9870 * Get the value that w_virtcol would have when 'list' is off.
9871 * Unless 'cpo' contains the 'L' flag.
9873 static colnr_T
9874 get_nolist_virtcol()
9876 if (curwin->w_p_list && vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_LISTWM) == NULL)
9877 return getvcol_nolist(&curwin->w_cursor);
9878 validate_virtcol();
9879 return curwin->w_virtcol;